Skip to main content

Full text of "Zion songster nos. 1 and 2 combined : for Sabbath schools /"

See other formats


»#^Hpa^s^ 


-^m^^m^^ 


th  b-: — ^i 


-M~ 


Zion  Songster 


"+ 


Si 


e^ 


Nos.  1  %r  2  Combined. 


LfiMfeailf4 


>*i 


-KEDITED     BYw- 


•*ALDINE    S.   KIEFFER.** 


.1' 


3CF 


Arid  the  ransomed  of  the  Lord    shall  return  and    come  to  Zion.  -with  songs 
and  everlasting  joy  upon  their   heads. Ibaiah. 


FROM   THE   LIBRARY   OF 
REV.    LOUIS    FITZGERALD    BENSON,   D.  D. 

BEQUEATHED    BY   HIM   TO 

THE    LIBRARY  OF 

PRINCETON   THEOLOGICAL   SEMINARY 


Piriaion         JCO 
Section         ^.^O  ' 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

Calvin  College 


http://www.archive.org/details/zionsongsternos100kief 


/ 


+•£ 


TH  E-^ 


.  JUN  30 1936 


OGICAL  8f  *^ 


zion  Songster 


a) 
FOR 


e- 


^®^»^i^^^P 


w 


t%^> 


-KEDITED     BYw— 

•^ALDINE    S.    KIEFFER> 


And  the  ransomed  of  the  Lord    shall  return  and    come  to  Zion.  "with  songs 
and  everlasting  joy  upon  their   rieads.-^— Isaiah. 


PUBLISHED  BY 
RUEBUSH,    KIEFFEE   &   CO. 

Daytou  (Rockingham  Co.),  Virginia. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1885,  bg 

RVEEUSH,  KIEFFER  &  CO., 

In  the  Office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington,  D.  C. 


1.  M.  AltMBTBONG  *  00., 

Muaio  TrrooaAPMXBj, 

HO  luna  Street,  Philadelphia,,  Pa, 


The  Zion  Songster. 


m 


HAPPY  ZION. 


1 


a.  s.  mTm. 

Vfc 


jti-f- 


•« 1— »F" 

■0       »       I         - 


-e1- 


^T* 


-V- *c* 


r 


•» Hi 


Zi- on  stands  with  hills  surrounded,    Zi  -  on   kept    bypow'rdi- vine;  1_  „. 

AU  her  fees  shall  be  con-found-ed,     Tho'  the  world  inarmscombine.  /Hap-py     Zi  -  on,  hap-py      Zi-on! 
I  Ev'-ry    hu-man  tie  may  per  -  ish,  Friend  to  friend  unfaith-ful  prove,  1  _,   .  ' 

IMothersceasetheirowntocherish.Heav'nandearth  at  last    re-move;J  "H*    no  changes,  but  no  ■ 


What    a       fa- vor'd  lot      is    thine;    Hap- py     Zi  -  on!  hap- py      Zi  -  on!    Sav'd  and  kept  by  love  di  -  vine. 
Can     at- tend   Je  -  ho-  van's  love ;    Hap- py     Zi  -  onihap-py     Zi  -  on!  Guard-ed     by      a  Saviour's  love. 


P-'A- 


9t 


-~r*^r* 


-V—  V~ 


fc* 


*A- 

— I — 


# 


t= 


I-«-Mt. 


-At'-*-     A-     A 


nr 


-A-' -A- -A- 

-I — b/— I — 


m 


(3) 


OH,  SWEET  SABBATH  HOENnTG. 
■ft- 


irr.  ly  A. 


While  the  sweet  Sabbath  morning  is    glid- ingr    the  hills.  And  the  dew    on    the  grass  spar-kles 
il.    Here     we  meet  wilhour  teachers  so    fov  -  ing    and  hind,  Tn    the  name  of    onr    Saviour  and 

3.  Here    wo  sing    of  that  "  land  that  is  fair  -  er    than  day."  Of  that  "Cit  -  y      so     fair"  and   so 

4.  Let       us    live   for  that  Saviour  whose  dear, loving  hands  Ev  -  er  geard  ns  from  morn-ing   till 


bright, 
friend ; 
grand; 
night; 


Vi'e   havemetonce    a-gain    in   our  dear  Sab-bath  home  Where  onr  voic-cs      in  song  may    u 
And      a    fore- taste  we  have   of  thatpleas-ure    and    bliss  That  in    heav-en    shall  ne'er  find  an 

Of      the  dear,  lov- ing  Sav-ionr,whose  hand  safe  willguide.Till  we  rest    in    that  sweet  hap- py 
Let      us   toil     in      his  ser- vice  and  work  for    his  cause,  And   at    lastreach  that  "home  of  de 


nite. 
end. 
land, 
light." 


r:=^^EEEEg=EEbt=i^z=FFf-i>-^±g= 

N» ' 

— k— *  r-J-J — r\ — d— : — \ — M— I \— kF \~N  F^~ 


=£=S 


~N":irf 


*t=«±i 


A.-- 


Oh,  sweet  Sabbath  morning,  we    hail  thy  gold-en  light,  For     it  brings  us 


*E=P= 


-H*— fcr'-lkr- 


jKZJC3C^C=jC 


-R— F 


■  ¥ 


SEA 


OH,  SWEET  SABBATH  MOENING.    Concluded. 
!  N 


And    our  toic  -  es     we  raise  in     a     glad  song  of   praise  For  the  biess-ings   its  brightness  be  -  stows. 

_     _      _-*-  _  

■P      P  '  t   ,  P 


4= 


-P-^-P- 


m 


!LL1>  A    •£. 


»•■  »■» 


^=?=^ 


t=t=tz:_-=t 


-P--?- 


-tt- 


v-v-v 


y  v 


-►— ^ 


y  y 


t^S 


y  y 


Sot.  1.  W,  HffWB. 


GEOBGIA    CM. 


Arc.  By  A.  S.  EIEFFEE. 


g 


1 


-&■ 


2=g^ 


-£d- 


* 


-Ah 


-&- 


321 


TSl- 


=f— $-& 


L    Je     -  sjj«       my     Say 

2.  I  may      for  -  get 

3.  I'll  lin    -   ger    there 

4.  What  need        I       here 


-A- 


lonr,  and  my  King, 

thee  as  I  roam, 

with  my  dear  friend, 

in.  i  kfs  dark  world 

i* * A- 


I'll  lean      Uj>    ■ 

Per  -  plexed  with 
Till  I       ara 

But  pledg  -  es 

*  -P-      *- 


on 

anx 
sat 
of 


tny  breast-, 
ious        care, 
is      -      tied ; 
fljy         love, 


I 


ifc 


s 


f 


-a- 


H&- 


1£r- 


'-*= 


f* 


-ie- 


±EE 


1 


-£h 


-AH 


^ 


3t 


is 


So  long     as 

But  then      in 

Yes,  Sav  -  iour. 

For  thou   hast 

g  .    > 


±=t 


I 

hours 

I 
prom 

-A— 


eon 

of 

would 

ised 

— A- 


fide 


H€H 


-1 — t- 


P 


in      thee,  I 

ber    thought      I'll 
trust       in        thee,        For 
com  -   fort       here     .     As 
._> A A r-A— 


-r- 


sha-U  And  per 

to  the  cross 

thou  for  me 

well  as  joys 

-^ A — A— 

-t i r?=- 


feet 


rest. 

re     -     pair. 

hast        died. 

a     -     bove. 


_A _._ 


H 


-+- 


£=±: 


I 


FLI  AS  THE  DOVES  TO  THEIE  WINDOWS. 

in.  E.  W.  CHAPliAH.  Isaiah  60:  8. 

NfS>    1 


J.  H.  TEmTET, 


i 


Oh,  fly  as  the  doves  totbeirwindows.Wldeopentheentrance  to-day,      Wait  notfora   season  eon- venient. 
Oil,  ity  as  the  doves,  to.  their  windows,  The  Saviour  hath  tenderest  care:  Make  haste  to  the  yefuge  he  of-  fers. 
Oil,  fly  as  the  doves  to  their  windows,  For  Jesus  can  ease  thy  un-rest,    Just  hear  him  and  gladly  receive  him, 
OI>,  fly  as  the  doves  to  their  windows.  Press  on  with  a  heart  all  a-flame,    No   sonl  ev-er  seeking  in    ear -nest 
-A-                A-A^A-A-     _  ,-Ar    -At    -A-*-*-  _  A   A   A   -A-     _  .-A- 

1—rm  •  I     !   -T-l—rW-V. t~ r|— M— »  a  m  n?tTTrTTtr|-     '     '  » 


flF* 


p-p- 


-tr- 1 


:P?T^: 


T  VVV  *TW 


■1 — 1 — 


±=fc 


■1 — h 


-|B_|»Hft- 


I — I- 


:^s=^^:i-^ 


/  ^  /  y  y  / 

Choeus. 


■P^pE 


t 


i 


w- 


Ff-P- 


-r- 


-K^?=F 


ls-t* 


H-fc-*- 


PS 


1 


Oh,  why  \riJlyon  lon-ger  de 
Pro  -  vis  -  ion  a  -  bund-ant  is 
Thy  soul  will  for  -ev-er  be 
Has  foiled  a     free   par -dan  to 

-    -A-   -P  -P   -P- 


Iayt 
there. 
blest. 
gain. 


Oh, 


fly,  fly 


i  -  way. 


oh. 


has  -  ten    to  -  day,    The 


Saviour  ijaviting-ly      calls ; 

.-P-P-F-P-*.  m-r ■ 


The  refuge  is  nigh,  and  grand  its  supply,  There's  safety  within  its  bright  walls. 


i*  r>  h 


9£ 


■  1»W> 


-b^v-w-p-t^*- 


•  .»       "*-   -A-A-A-  -A- ---Ah  If  — . 


WELCOME  TO  GLOET. 


lira.  V.  PAUSE. 


i 


* 


^=q: 


Xn.  J.  T.  KHAPP, 


"by  pir. 


tf- 


«: 


J=4= 


3=:=*: 


-*— 3- 


-e1-- 


j   f     O,      when      shall       I  sweep     thro'     the  gates] 
'•  \  What    then 


for       my  spir 


iOE 


:=t 


The      scenes     of   mor  -  tal     -     i  -  ty 
a- waits?       Will  they  sing      on    the    £lo     -   ri-  fled 

-A-     t»t  .  -A-        -A-   -*-     »         -J"-   -W- 


-I b— hr 


oer,    1 
shore?  j 


% 


azze 


SEE 


-b 


IHEEES 


? 


£=£ 


3*=tz 


/    * 


t?    IT 


Chorus. 


Weleome  home ! 


7   V  .    . 

weleome  home ! 


welcome  home ! 


2  When  from  Calvary's  mount  I  arise, 

And  pass  through  the  portals  above, 
Will  shouts,  Welcome  home  to  the  skies! 
Kesound  through  the  regions  of  love? 
Welcome  home!  etc. 

3  Yes !  loved  ones  who  knew  me  below, 

Who  learned  the  new  song  with  me  here, 
In  chorus  will  hail  me,  I  know, 

And  welcome  me  home  with  good  cheer  ! 
Welcome  home!  etc. 


4  The  beautiful  gates  will  unfold, 

The  home  of  the  blood-washed  Til  see ; 
The  city  of  saints  I'll  behold! 

For,  O!  there's  a  welcome  for  me  J 
Welcome  home!  etc. 

5  A  sinner  made  whiter  than  snow, 

I'll  join  in  the  mighty  acclaim, 
And  shout  through  the  gates  as  I  go. 
Salvation  to  God  and  the  Lamb! 
Welcome  home !  etc. 


T.  V.k. 


A  HOME  OVER  JORDAN. 


I.  T.  ENGLAND. 


¥=4- 


-«- 


1/ 

1.  There'i 

2.  There 

3.  Je 


-*- 


*=$ 


borne     o   -     ver  Jor  -   dan 
my  friends  who   have  gone     on 


for    me,    Where  I'll    rest      in      the  shade  of    Life's  tree; 
be  -  fore,     Safe   from  sor  -   row  shall  rest      ev  -   er  -  more. 


sua  reigns  with    the  saints     o  -  ver  there,  With    the     an  -    gels     so    bright  and     so      fair, 


In  the  bean  •  tl  • 
And  I'll  join  them 
And       I      long     to 


m&=& 


ifaz 


•y- 


-kH 


fol  fields  of  de- 
a  -  gain  o  -  ver 
go   home    to       that 


light, 

there, 

land, 


the  shore  that    shall  nev  -  er 
In       that  land    free     from  tor  -  row 
There    to    dwell  with     the  bright  an 


know  night, 
and    care. 

-   gel    band. 


~t- 


w 


W 


£ 


m 


Chorus. 

if? — ^jt 


In     that  bright 


bap-  py  home. 


hap -py  home,  In    that  bright  hap-py  home. 


Tn     the   shade  of  Life's  tree     we  shall     rest; 


§a 


-*-*— m- 


mm 


-r^--r)- 


£k\L~$-t-t 


B=P-T 


:m^m^mU 


A  HOME  OVER  JORDAN.    Concluded. 
A.    fe    !  h     .N 


"^^ 
-li& 


In     that  home,  hap  -  py  home,  We     shall  rest  with  the   good  and     the  blest, 

sweet  hap  -py  home,  In     that  sweet  bap-py  home, 

— k-pk — k-»-k    k     k---l 


-hi 


-F-  -F-  -F-F 


-fr* — p- 


-r- 


-v—v- 


-t- 


-^— ?- 


Ha 


* 


-r- 


-h 


?— ft- 


LYTI. 


ABIDE  WITH  ME. 


P 


2     1      f>  A 


-N— A- 


* 


d — *  '    E    * 


=|t 


a.  s.  nirm. 
-Nr-4- 


I 


1 , r 

— « f — *- 

* A — *- 


■*h 


H h 


-T- 


~\ h 


-M- 


itf 


M-z® 


-a 


9    *  -*- 

1.  A  -   bide  with  me,    fast  falls  the     e  -  Ten -tide:      The  darkness  deep -ens,  Lord,  with  me     a 

2.  Swift     to     its    close  ebbs  out  life's  lit-  tie     day;  Earth's  joys  grow  dim,  its     glo-ries  pass    a 

3.  I       need  thy  pres-ence  ev*  -  ry   pass-ing  hour:      What  but  thy  grace  can    foil    the  tempter' 


-<*— * 


i 


*— *- 


-  bide ; 
-way; 
s  pow'r; 

m 


m 


9—9- 


3^5 


9—9- 


-—T—V-Ve- 


:drr 


i 


I 


•*- 


-N--K 


-*r-^ 


H- 


~M- 
h 


H — n: — *■ 
-* — S— At-U^ 


-fv-N 


=*=* 


in   r\   bs 


■41 — A — A^- 


i/    9 

When   oth  -  er     help  -  era    fail  and    comforts  flee,     Help      of   the    help  -  less,  O  a  - 

Change  and   de  -  cay       in      all     a-  round  I      see,         O     thou,  who  chang- est  not,  a- 

Who    like  thy  -  self      ray  guide  and  stay  can    he?   Thro' cloud  and    sun-shine, O  a- 


-r*— P-- 


9     *  I 


trFt=£=tE!=F- 


-r«- 


bide  with 
bide  with 
bide  with 

-r*—  k- 


r 

me. 
me. 
me. 


w   u 


10 


Wordi  arranged. 


CHILDREN  OF  ZION. 


A.  S.  SIEFFER. 


1.  Come,  children  of     /.i  ■  mi,  and  help  us      to   sing       Loud  anthems   of  praise  to     our   Sav  -  iour  and  King, 

2.  O     come  to    the  Sav-iourand   take  up     the  cross,       See    treasure    in      hea-ven,  count  all    else    but  loss; 

3.  We'll  fear  not  the  dan-gers  that   lie    in     our  way.      His    arm  will  pro  -  tect   us     by   night  and    by  day ; 


±E L L; y—y L 


-A— r- 


— I *h 

■w—B- 


**3 


k—nHF 


Whose  life  once  was  giv-en  our  souls  to  re -deem — And  bring  us  to  hea-ven  to  reign  there  with  him. 
His  mer-cy  in-vitesus,  then  let  us  com-ply —  O  why  should  we  lin  -  ger  when  he  is  so  nigh? 
All    this   we  mustsnf-fer  and     pa  -  tient-ly    bear     Till    Je  -  sus  shall  take  us     to  dwell  o  -  ver   there. 

N 


-f-    "W- 


— 1 1 V- — / r- 


-f*-    ■#-    ■#- 


— r- 


-,*-    ■+- 


t 


ft-l- 


in 


■¥—¥■ 


-hs 


^ 


-#-   -f*- 


-h 


fefc 


-b'-V- 


I 


C3  t? 


i 


I 


Chorus. 


F& 


I 


#^#-#- 


3= 


w  £u 


-ah 


_t:* 


=P 


t±5=t=£ 


-M — Ar- 


-AH 


-^-   -"*- 


is 


U    1/ 


O     chil-dren    of    Zi  -  on  I   O     chil-dren    of    Zl  -  on !  Loud  anthems  of  praise  let    us     sing,  let    us   sing 


P-   ■#-   -k-     k 


^ »-Vr- 


¥ 


>— A— A-CS=r«=f* 


5 — U 


-P— P— T 


£ 


1 — H — ffh — r 


r- 


I 


w      w 


s 


i=J=F 


CHILDREN  OF  2I0N,    Concluded. 


11 


-N — K 


-A AH 


r 


r-*- 


r*±l^ 


To    him   who   redeemed  us,     To    him  who   redeemed    us,     our  Pro  -  phet,  our  Priest  and   our  King. 

-w-   A    -P-  -P-  -t-   V.-v-  i»'-1f"  -P-  -P-  -ik-   „. 


Pt^fSil 


P— ?= 


r  " 


-A- 


fe-^- 


-+- 


-t 


-t 


-P^ 


-F 


i     ;/  ■  v  v  n 

I'LL  BE  THERE. 

"FREEDMAN'S  SONG.' 


■v— ^ 


r 


I 


Arr.  toy  A.  J.  S. 


1/        V 


Lfl Ah— Ah-  f Ah-i— fh 


hopes   up  -  on' j"nen  *ne  'as*'   trum-pet  sounds,  I'll     be    there. 


2  His  track  I  see  and  I'll  pursue, 

When  the  last  trumpet  sounds,  I'll  be  there, 
The  narrow  way,  till  him  I  view, 
When  the  last  trumpet  sounds,  I'll  be  there. 


3  This  is  the  way  I  long  hare  sought, 

When  the  last  trumpet  sounds,  I'll  be  there, 
And  mourned  because  I  found  it  not, 
When  the  last  trumpet  sounds,  I'll  be  there. 


12 


I.  A.  H. 


E'NOUQH  FOP.  103. 


&ir.  by  W.  B.  ELAII. 


&&&=*# 


iSrh-tr 


■m-*~m- 


-*.—*.- 


i       i 

1.  O      love      sur-pass  -  ing  knowledge  1        O      grace  so     full    and    free! 

2.  O      won  -  der-ful      sal  -  va  -  tion !     From     sin  he  makes  me     freel 

3.  O     blood     of  Christ,  so      pre-cious,    Pour'd   out  on     Cal  -  va  -  rv! 

.«_•  .#_   JL     -».     j£. 

-U      -       t       ,-f -j-f— & f-T-f— £ f- 


3 


T 


^czjss: 


±~ 


=t=t: 


-H 


± 


6 


I 


I  know  that  Je  -  sus 
I  feel  the  sweet  as- 
I       feel     its  cleansing 


-r*-r*- 


-- 


r 


-«- 


-*- 


-&h 


H- 


"£*" 


-A! *r- 


-£h 


W^ 


saves  me, 
-  sur  -  ance, 
pow    -    er, 

-fes- 


~^~  "*"  • 

And  that's 

And  that's 

And  that's 


-r- 


e-  nongh  for 

e-  nough  for 

e-  nough  for 

l»      l» 


me! 
me! 
me! 


And    that's         e-  nough    for 
And    that's  e-  nough    for 

And    that's         e-  nough    for 


&  i-f:-i  * 


me, 

me, 
me, 

-9- 


And 
And 
And 


■v- 


J*=A= 


i=SS 


9l|: 


that's 
that's 
that's 


e-  nough  for 
e-  nough  for 
e-  nough  for 


-v-l — r 


& 


-* Ar- 


:r= 


1 


that  Je  -  sus 
the  sweet  as 
its  cleans-ing 


« 


saves  me,  And  that's 
sur-  ance,  And  that's 
pow  -  er,    And  that's 

-k.-  -6s- 


e-  nough  for  me. 
e-  nough  for  me. 
e-  nough  for    me. 


From  "Sabbath  Bells,"  by  permission. 


SINGING  GLORY  HALLELUJAH. 


^        J/  — -^.    «-  i.        -.        -        -        m>       y        y 

1.  In    our    Father's  heav'nly  mansions, Wit'j  the  ransom'd  ones  a  -  bove,  We  will  join  the    hal-le- 

2.  There,  a  -  mid  themu-sic    ring-ing,  Xot    a    sigh  shall  heave  the  breast;  There  the  wicked  cease  from 

3.  May  we  gain  those  heav'nly  mansions,  And  among  the  blood-wash'd  sing :  Rest  with  long-lost  loved  ones 


m 


-*^*r 


^ZM= 


v — v- 


TOf 


V— *— V- 


AMt 


p.i^_ 


■P^*—t- 


±i=|=t==ps 


^—  0 — W---9- 


1/      P 


y    U1    I? 


-I— 


t 


Chorfs. 


jah !     hal  -  le- 


14 


GIBSON.    8s&7s. 


aldibi  s.  iarm. 


1st  time. 


Sd  time. 


" A 1    T    " 1 & 1 


,  f  Hark, 
M  Je  - 
2  f  Je  - 
J-1    Lord 


ten 
sus 

BUS 

of 


thou  -  sand  harps  and  voic  -  es    Sound  the    note 
reigns,  and  heav'n  re  -  joic  -  es,     Je    -    bus  reigns 
hail !  whose  glo  -  ry    bright-ens    All        a  -  bove, 
life,      thy  smile  en  -  light-  ens,  Cheers  and  charms 


of    praise  a  -  bove; 

the  (omit }     God     of      love; 

and  gives    it     worth: 

thy  (  omit )    saints  on    earth. 


An,  torn  ALA8IC  A.  WATTS, 


SWEET  FRIENDSHIP. 


Arrugtl  ly  A.  S.  £. 


15 


:& 


£=B 


Jti* 


3=3: 


-*f 

1.  When  shall    we     meet     a- gain, 

2.  When  shall  sweet  friendship  flow 

3.  To  that  blest  world   of    light 

-£r  -£r 


r-fv- 


iSI- 


£ 


:t=i=£i3 


4- 


Meet  ne'er    to     sev  -  er?  When  will  peace  wreathe  her  chain 
as    life's   riv-er?   When  shall  love 


Pure 
Take 

-P- 


us,  dear  Sav-  iour;  May  we 


'-F^fc 


tzz#-tt=« 


-#-*-#- 


■&- 


-F — y- 


?** 


ra-diant  glow, 
all      there    u  -  nite, 


J^*= 


tt?=t= 


-P— P 


m 


-<*-±* 


& 


:Egztf: 


-£-- 


*A. 


^E^ijr; 


-v 


.9ZZWZ19:. 


& 


:fii± 


Bound     us    for  -  ev  -  er?       Our  hearts    may    ne'er      re     -     pose 

Death  -  less  for  -  ev  -  er?       Where  joys       ce   -    les    -    tial         thrill. 

Hap  -   py   for  -  ev  -  er  I       Where  kin  -  dred     spir   -    its  dwell, 


Safe  from  each  blast  that 
Where  bliss  each  heart  shall 
There    may  our   nu  -  sic 


}k— r«-*-r« r-T-^ r* 

y — »-  •  -  m \-£-f — ,* 


16 


A.  S,  E. 


OVEE  THERE. 


ALDIKE  S.  SIE7FBB. 


■^ 


VF^FFF1 


1.  We    shall    gath  -  er  home  at  last,  When  life's  wea  -  ry    day    is    past,    To     the 

2.  Tho1  our      bur-dens  be      se-vere,    Let     us      bear  them  bravely  here     As     we 


pal 
jour  - 


ace     of        the 
ney    to         that 


3.  There  we'll     lay  our  burdens  down,  There  we'll  wear  the  shin-ing crown,  And  will    reign     as    kings    and 


#-'-•— #aB—  m—i* 


King,    o 

land,    o 

priests,  o 


-fir'- *A-, 

V    V 

ver   there;     And     be  -  neath  its    shin  -  ing  dome  Find  an     end  -  less,  hap  -  py  home, With  the 
ver   there;     Wea  -  ry    hearts  ?nd  hands  shall  rest  In     that  king- dom    of      the  blest,  In     the 
ver   there ;  There,  with  saints  of      a   -    ges    past.  While  e  -  ter   -    ni    -   ty    shall  last,  We  shall 


i^k-iETzkziiczzjtizt:  J±* 


-*  — r 

V — ^- 


JEE^ 


-?— i* 


D.  S.— faith    it   views  the   eight  Of    that 


P 


Fine. 


^: 


-*— is — Jr 


-^i=f~-»=*-"=r^ 


Si 


Chorus. 

rN ^ 


Vr 


*--N- 


—i 
■ 


-AH1-*- 


^ 


bless  -  ed  hosts  of  God, 
Saviour's  home  of  love, 
praise  the  King    of  kings, 

r»  '    P      P  '    ?—* 


o  -  ver  there.' 
o  -  ver  there. 
o  -    ver  there. 


that  bright  glo  -  ry    land,  With  its    glitt'ring,  gold-en 


-» — »- 


:£ 


bless  -  ed  home   in  heav  n,  o 


ver   there, 


IB 


#— p~ 


f 


-#^-#- 


"F 


*— ft- 


h *f-  -hi— hi — h» — hr 


V—V—V—V- 


OVEB  THERE.    Concluded. 


9-U — a 1 1- — i N-h R — fv — &— i- — H — — I — k— N  — '■ k — i « - — i i-r— ■**-  - 

L^-^-AhT-f^&  '  M     f—  afr-1-^-;-*— A^*ALA^--Ar— *~-°--A A Ar^-A^ 


17 


strand,  With  its  fountains  and  its  gar-dens  blooming  fair 


How  the  wea  -  ry    heart  grows  light    As      by 


_£_^- 


■-*-#- 


-*— l«- 


rP- 


HEME?  HOPS. 


MY  FRIEND. 


I.  H.  TESHST. 


-I 


■01 


«_bzd 


-AH1 


-ei — i- 

-& — m- 


-£r- 


1.  Now    I    have  found  a  Friend:  Je   -   sus 

2.  Though  I    grow  poor  and   old,  Je   -    sus 

3.  AVhen  earth  shall  pass  a  -  way  Je   -    sus 
"-A-    -£r 

-2 g_J         i         !^-g 


mine:  His  love  shall  nev-  er   end:  Je  -  sus  is  mine: 

mine:Tho"  I      grow  faint  and  cold,  Je  -  sus  is  mine: 

mine  •    In    the  great  judgment  day,  Je  -  sus  is  mine: 
-A- '-A-    -&- 


Tho'  earth-ly  joys  decrease,  Tho"  earthly  friendship  cease.  Now  I     have  last-ing  peace ;  Je  -  sus  is  mine. 

He  shall  my  wants  supply  :  His  precious  blood  is~  nigb.Naughtcan  my  hope  destroy ;  Je  -  sus  is  mine. 

Oh,  what  a     glorious  thing  Then  to    be -bold  my  King,  On'tune  -  ful    harp  to  sing  Je    -  sus  is  mine. 

I                                  -A-*-A--£r        |  I 


18 


TH0MA3  EELLT. 


ABOUND  THE  SAVIOUE'S  LOFTY  THEONE. 

I 1— 


J.  H.  tSBXT. 


■ — fsz r 


-ft- 


1.  A  -  round  the  Sav  -  iour's  loft  -  y  throne  Ten  thou  -  Rand  times  ten 
2-  Je  -  sus,  thou  ev  -  er  -  last  -  in?  King!  To  thee  the  praise  of 
3.    Tho'       sin       de    -    file       our         wor  -  ship  here,    We     hope     ere      long     thy 


_3 # # L 


thou  -  sand    sing; 
beav'n  be  -    longs; 
face      to       view, 


-« 


niey       wor  -  ship    him       as 

Yet         smile     on         us       who 

In  heav'n   with      an    -   yels 


God  a  -  lone,  And 
fain  would  bring  The 
to         ap   -    pear,  And 


r—H 


n 


crown  him      ev    -    er 

trib  -  ute        of       our 

praise  thy     name     as 


last  -  ing     King. 

hum  -  ble     songs. 

an   -    gels      do. 


-Oi 


±=rC 


-3QEL 


to 

-i 1 — ■- 


Cftoeis. 


E  r\    n 


•A AL*  ..Al _A1 . . 


-41- 


-♦— ♦"-*-♦— ♦ 


^-^-fe 


Let  us   join  the  angels'  song,  While  they  sing  around  the  throne.  While  they  sing  around  the  great  white  throne ; 

-A-jA-   -A- '-A-   -Ar'-A- 


ITTjf 


-+! — & 


t— \- 


A--A-'-A--A-   -A-'-A-   -A---A--A- 

— I 1 1 1 1 r-i— — F— F- 


V   9'  1/ 


¥^ 


-4— t— 


I 1 — r1— v'      r  .  ' — F — I — r-1- 

rf-  i rh — y— ' — y— ' — i — y 

hr-^-r-y— &-y— &-I y— & 


^^^-p 


J= 


-ft 


-r»— g- 


:aczpoqsz|s 


*    /   > 


AROUND  THE  BAVIOTJE'S  LOFTY  THEQNE.    Concluded. 

4Si — N- — V"V — V— I \ — Nj — s— k — E-— \— i- 

--S-H- IS— I— M-5 ft  - 


And  our  cheerful  notes  we"ll  raise  lit     a     grate-fiil  song  of  praise,  To  the  Lamb  who  Bits  up-  on      the  throne-. 
-A-  •  -A-  -A-  *  -A-  -A-   -A-  *  -A-   -A"  •  -A-  -A-  *  -A-  -A-   -.A-  •  -A-   -A-  *  -A-  -A-  .     K     ' 


*=£ 


:l L_L 


:t: 


..ji \&  *  j&ZZjA- 


kr— 


V     V    V     V 


M—*t- 


l  V— ?>-V— ?■ 


W— Ik- 

K-i- 


-kr-^-kr-l-P1-- 


*?-? 


iriapfcat 


:t: 


-e_x_| 


THE  BEI&HTES  SHOEE, 


A.  S.  XlEFFEfi. 


3t 


-AH 


-*- 


S±3t 


381 


-^~ 


1.  Chris  -  tian     broth  -  ren,         ere       we      part, 

2.  From    thy     house,   when       we        re  -    turn, 
8.    Tho'     we       here      should    meet      no      more, 


&£ 


-A A 


-a- 


-l£f 


Ev'  -    ry      voicft     and      ev-1    -     ry        heart 
Let       our     hearts  with   -  in  us        burn: 

Yet     there      is  a       bright  -  er        shore; 


-*- 


— tr- 

m 


-he- 


it: 


:£ 


A  . 

3E3 


i 


3=£ 


-fl- 


at 


32 


2 


3il3^ 


g — sr 


=8£ 


Join    and       to  our         Fa  -    ther      raise 

That    this      eve   -    ning        we      may      say 
There,  re   -   leas'd    from      toil      and      pain, 


One      last     hymn    of       grate  -    flit  praise. 

"We      have  walked  with    God         to       -        day." 
There     we       all       may    meet         a        -       gain. 


i 


*-- 


T"*- 


20 


FSAHCES  E.  HAVE2S.lt:, 


GOLDEN'  HARPS  ARE  SOUNDING. 


3.  E.  IES1TS?. 


1.  Gold- en  harps  are  sounding 

2.  He  who  came  to  save    us, 
%.  Pray- ir>g  for     his  cbil-dren 


An-gelvoio-es  sing.  Pearl  -ygatesare-  opened—  Opened  for  the  King: 
He  who  bled  and  died,  Now  is  crowned  with  glory  At  his  Father's  side  : 
in    that  blessed  place,  Call- log  them  lo    glo-  ry,     Send-ing  thera  his  grace. 


Je  -  8ua,King  of  glo  -  ryT  Jc  -  sas.ICine:  of 
Kev-  er-more  to  Buf-  fer,  Nev  -  er-more  to 
His  bright  home  preparing.  Faith-  nil  ones  .for 


love, 
die, 


gone  up    in 
irUs,King  of 


tri-nmph 
glo  -   r  j, 

liv-  eth, 


To  his  throne  a-  bove. 
Has  gone  up  on  high. 
Ev  -  er    lov  -  eth,  too. 


a.  ctjhiihtss. 


EVEE  WILL  I  PM1 


21 

J.  E.  TENNEY,  by  par. 

f- 


L    Fa 

2.    At 

8.  When  the 

■L  Thus      in 


fber,     in       the  morn 

the      bus    -    y  noon 

eve  -  ning  shad 

life's  glad  morn 


A_«._A_ 


0 £_   __i | 


ing,  Un    -    to    thee 

tide,  Press'd  with  work 

ows  Chase       a  -  way 

ingj  In         its  bright 


=1= 


V     V     V 


-14 — 


-e—  g»- 


I       pray ; 
arid    care, 
the     light, 
noon  -  day. 


Let  thy     lov  -  ing 

Then  I'll    wait   with 

Fa    -  thed-,  then    I'll 

In  its    shad-  owy 


v— v- 


-t- 


3=1= 


-HA--  — & & 14- 


W      W     v 


LIS 


Chotrtjs.  . 


kind-ness    Keep    me  through 
.le   -    sns      TiH       he     hears 

pray    thee.  Bless    thy  child 
eve  -  niu£,    Ev    -    er      will 


"3 

this  da  J'.  -, 
any  prayer,  t, 
to  -  night.  [ 
pray.    ' 

.-A 


~^~*~~^~ 


-♦H 


^ 


-♦!-- 


at 


will  pray, 


will  praj. 


Ev 


will  pray, 


I    will  pray, 

_A_  A — A_ 


23 


N«t  too  fast. 


,    a       ^ — fir  j      j>— -jy — : — \ 


THE  EVERGREEN  MOUNTAINS  OF  LIFE. 


*=&: 


-*- 


-fv-£ 


« 


A aL_A. 


Ifcuic  by  WYAIT  HIMSHALL 


-5^* — •- 


,J      «< 


I 


-m-  -m-  -B-    -0- 

1.  There's   a    land  far      a-  way  'mid  the     stars    w©    are  told, Where  they  know  not  the  sorrows  of  time, 

2.  Here  our  yaze  can  -  not  soar   to  that    beau  -  ti  -  ful    land,  Bat  oar    vis-ions  have  told  of      its  bliss; 

3.  Oh,    the  stars  nev  -  er  tread  the  blue    heav-  ens    at  night  But  we  think  where  the  ransomed  have  trod ; 


m 


rf-&--£ 


A- HA — A 


tr-i-*- 


-A— A- 

-fett: 


-V—&- 


|*5       -m-  -9-  -9--m- 
'•*-* — I — t — L    i. 


:ti*:£r=t: 


-9-   #-  -9-  -9- 


-I 1 — hi 


?    W 


**=*=! 


I 


iv—fv 


h*" 


ft^^s 


as 


3*=f 


f 


.-A^ZltzfZlAtl-1 


#=* 


-3-  -: 


* 


:!i?iAt?d 


9-   -#-  -£-      -#-  I, 

I  / 

pure  wa-ters- flow  thro' the  val  -  leys  of  gold.Antl  where  life  is  a  treas-ure 
souls  by  the  gale  front  its  gar-  dens  are  fanned,  When  we  faint  in  the  des  -  erts 
day   nev-  er  smiles  from  his  pal  -  aee     of  light  But   we     feel  the  bright  smile  of 


t 


\ 


sub-lime ; 
of    this. 
our  God. 


v 

"Tis  the  land    of  our  God,  'tis    the  home  of  the  soul.Where  the  a  -  ges    of  splen-dor    e  -  ter  -  nal-  ly   roll, 
And  we  sometimes  have  longed  for  its    ho  -ly  repose  when  our  hearts  have  been  rent  with  temptations  and  woes, 
We  are  trav  -  el-ing  home  thro'  earth's  changes  arxl  gloom,To-a  re-gion  where  pleasures  unchanging-ly  bloom. 


-♦-ii- 


-P--P- 


A-a-A  P  — I — £ 


-h- 


-»--»- 


-i — i — t— 


£ 


9-' 


-A- 


r-h 


■V—&- 


-9- 


HA— A- 
-l 1 F- 

-i — v-v- 


\j    rj 


THE  EVERGREEN  MOUNTAINS  OF  LIFE.    Concluded. 


F«E 


-£ 


3^=S 


J"\      IN  *> 


23 


2=£i 


*=*: 


-N— £ 


czft: 


•ZiZ 


^-N- 


>,zz^=r 


Where  the  way  -  wea  -  ry   trav   -    el  -  er  reach  -  es     his  goal,    On    the     ev  -  er -  green  mountains  of 
And  we've  drank  from  the  tide       of     the    riv  -  er    that  flows  From  the     ev  -  er  -  green  mountains  of     life. 
And  our  guide      is      the  glo   -    ry  that  shines  thro' the  tomb, From  the     ev  -  er  -  green  mountains  of     life. 


r 

life. 


I 


»-    -»- 


— ~7 — IT — I JOB 


HA- 


-pzzp. 


Ft 


■v— v— *- 


V    9 

TRIBUTE.    8s&7s. 


V    V     * 


zpzz^zzpzzp: 


-^-tr-tr 


m 


A,  J.  S31TWALTEE. 


I 


1.  Sis    -   ter, 

2.  Peace  -  ful 

3.  Yet        a 


9%a 


thou 
be 

gain 

—0— 


wast 

thy 

we 


mild     and 
si   -  lent 
hope       to 


love 
slum 
meet 


ber,-— 
thee 


Gen  -  tie 
Peace-  ful 
When  the 


-fc- 


-B- 


m 


as    the  sum  -  mer     breeze, 
in    tbe^cave      so  low: 

day     of    life       is  fled; 


e- 


■A — 16- 


1 — t — I- 


1 


si: 


J- 
v 

ant         as 
no       more 
in      heav'u 


_«_^_i_^_ 


-AH 


1= 


i 


=r 


:izz:q: 


-Jt 


2zz|zz^zzz^zz:zfe 


1 

the 
wilt 
with 

A 


:?: 


PS 


air        of 

join      our 
joy        to 

-A-   •  -A- 


h. ie- 


t- 


-►- 


eve  -  ning.  When  it 
num  -  ber;  Thou  no 
greet  thee,     Where      ix> 

rt      -A-        -A-  '  -A- 
itzzztzz 

-A 


i- 


floats    a-mong       the         trees. 

more  our  songs      shalt     know. 

iare-well  tear       is  shed. 

-A-    «       ! 
— ^— s — 0 — r-^—r- 

^     |E 


A  PILGEIM  SONG. 


-N-N 


*=5 


^-^.-^"i- 


-*-*(- 


-f- 


■^t- 


-Th 


-V- rV 


■*-s- 


A-N 


-a — m 


ALDIME  S.  KIEFFE2,  ty  cer. 


X— *i-4 


±3=$z$ 


-♦-  -*■- 


«r 


g>    e- 


-+- 


9^ 


1.  I'm      a     Ione-ly  pilgrimhere,Vex'dwithmany  a  doubtandfear,AsI    jour- ney    a-Iong    by  the  way ; 

2.  Hero  the    des-ertwiklsexpand  Rounda-  bout  on  ei-tlier hand,  But  I'm  near-ing  the  Jor- dan, you  see! 

3.  When  the  wil- der-ness  is   past.Aud    I  reach  that  home  at  last,  Oh,  bow  hap- py    my  poor  soul  will  be! 


iiltSi 


-A — A- 


\E± 


a— w- 


■A— A— A— A— A- 


t: 


-A— A- 


55 


u— t 


-+- 


'V   V   V  V  V 


A-A- 
V    I 


-A— A — A— A- 


k—  k—  fe— fe- 


lt 


v-v-v-v- 


^=^=A 


t: 


-A-^A=A^ 


-A- 

±1 


-Al— AH 


^  V   I    ^ 


s 


^~Nr-V 


fese 


£=fv 


::}=Jiqs 


#-^ 


!- 


-A — A — »- 


H 


-I- 


-\— N 


,-rfc 


<— »i 


-^-  -*-  -«- 


s-  •— ■— x— * — 


-N-4S 


<S— 63- 


-t — \~N~I — 

atzatibd. 


Fink. 


— ^5— 


-#—•—#- 


^rj 


-&-■ 


But  I  hope  at  last  to  stand  On  fair  Canaan's  peaceful  land, Free  from  sorrow, from  doubt  and  dismay. 
And  be-  yond  that  nar-row  stream, Endless  bc-w'raof  blessing  beam,  And  they're  blooming  for  you  and  for  me. 
With  the    glo  -  ri-fied    to    stand  On.  that  glitt'rlngelo-ry-land,  And  the  Sav-iour,my  Sav-iour,  to    see. 

A-1-*— 


D.S.— Thro'  the 


V  I    u  "    -' '.  "  "  I    ^ 

still  -  y  hours  of  nightj'roaia  the  plains  of  endless  light, Spirit  voic  -  es    oft  whis-per 


I  know  there's  rest  be-  yond, That  some  oth-er  souls  haTe  found.For  in  vis-ions  their  fae  -  est 


■*-  -♦- 


t2k-_L  bzA±~**rA — A — a— a— a- 


-14- 


_k_  >.  -^_  >.  >_ 


-V— W- 


r-i f — r- 


H h 


-A— A- 


ht—  k- 


y-*-v-v-\. — *-y- 


« 


I    ,       !    i 


lA^trgrj 


l;  y 


1  AM  GOING  H0M1  IN  THE  MOENING. 


25 


c.h.  a. 


±±=|=rtc^pZR 


OHAS.  E.  GABBIEL. 


3  I  am  going  borne  in  the  morning 
And  my  Savior  stamls  at  the  door 
He  is  waiting  me  at  the  portals, 
I  shall  outer,  and  sorrow  no  more. 


4  I  am  going  home  in  the  morning, 

For  with  earth  I  shall  soon  be  done; 
Then  I'll  reign  with  .lesus  in  glory, 
When  my  kingdom  and  crown  will  be  won. 


26 


Mrs.  KAB7  E.  KAIL. 


HAVE  YOU  HEARD  THE  GOOD  NEWS? 


I.  H.  TENNE7,  ty  per. 


1.  Have  you  heard  the  good  news  by    the    gos  -  pel  proclaimed  ?Great  joy  and  sal-va-tion    for     all! 

2.  Have  you  heard  that   a    Fountain  was     o  -  pened  for  you.    To  cleanse  you  from  sor  -  row  and  shame? 

3.  Have  you  heard  of    the  crowns  that  the  ransom'd  shall  wear?  The  glo  -  ry     so    full     and  com-plete, 

4.  Have  you  heard  the  great  news  that    a    home    in     the  skies  To  th' patient  and  faith  -  ful     is     giv'n? 


0  ye    starv- ing    and  poor,  Je-  sus   waits  at     the  door!  Will  you  has-  ten    to      an  -  swer 

And  tho' strange  it    may    be     that  the    wa  -  ters    are    free,— On  -  ly    en  -   ter     in      Je  -  sus  ■ 

When  your  life  -  work    is     done  and  the    Tic  -  to  -  ry    won, — Of     the  rest     at    King  Je  -  sus - 

Give  the    Sav  -  iour   your  love:    it    will  bear  you     a-  bove    To     the  mansions  prepared    up 

-A^HT-r-A— -A^-A— A— A---A-A-^-A    A    f^ £r£— »-*£— ?*-*-= 


his  call? 
's  name, 
"s  feet  ? 
in  heav'n. 


-k-M 


+ 


-r- 


h 


-4-t-4 — 4- 


-»-i-#-- 


\* 


-v—p- 


£ 


-h 


W — F-*-fc— 


^ 


F 


V      V 


\jV  I       vv 


v  v 


Chorus. 

r^  n 

>s     *i 

1 

IS      fc 

'ihv1  A- 

-e 

— ♦hhir 

-ft" 

1 

-T— K 

-4—-*— 

cj  • 

t-v-^- 

- 

t^t}- ai- 

J                         1 

And 
And 

122 
jus 

jus 

t 

t       o   - 

4- 

, ^  4)  . 

ver  there, 

-A    A 

-■  — 

-^ — ' 

ver 

-4--: 

there 

just       o    -    ver  there 

r>      A---A'    A— 

— 1 1 — 

-*-•-*   J 

in      the 

in      the 

_A-.^4__ 

-'g-i 

beau    -    -    - 
beau  -  ti    - 

i 1- 

«hr^- 

-   -    -   -    ti   -    ful 

ful    land, 

-»— w 

9:T^_h= 

"I 

-) 1 1 — 

— t— — i — - 

-9 *-± 

""S-  P       - 

- 

fz_£ — £= 

-4- 

14-5 

-4—4          ~ 

-4 4-i-4— 

4 

-,4-!-H4 — 

-\ W— 

-£-i — - 

1 

1 

1 

u 

-by — k 

5      1 

T    tr-p 

-1 W — 

HAVE  YOU  HEARD  THE  GOOD  NEWS?    Concluded. 


27 


~&- 


■zE 


a 


r- 


: *-*-&- 

V 
land, —  'From  sor       -  ro\T     and 

beau  -  ti  -  ful  land, From  sor  -  row  arfd  sin, 

-A <4--h*-A      A     r-f4 A-^-A-^A 

— 1 1 i i h- 


-ei— . 


tztzj 


-i — 

-A- 


HA— 14- 

rr 


-m-^->- 


V— i>- 


sin  ev 

sor-  row  and  sin     ev 

..A A. 

-I r 


A_A      A    .^4—y-HfL 


H — 
44- 


-t=t=t 


-A— 14- 


er     free, — 

er    free,  ev  -  er     free, — 

.5-r*£-~ 

-  -• #-»— »-fc- 

-I hi 1 f — r— r^- 


-v— V 


\ 


HOW  SWEET! 


D.  P.  AIEHAET. 


3 

— r 

\\  ho  have  been  on     life's  dark  o  -  cean,  Long  by  storm-y      tempests    driv'n  ; 
Life  and  death.and  joy  and  sor-row,    All     o-  bey  his    nigh  com-maiids. 

g.|M-  -t-.-P-.Jl-   +._    ■       JL.^-P.^. 

F-W-is— H 1 1" 


Oh,  how  cheering 
He  win  keep  his 


to    the 
peo-ple 


Efcfc 


£- 


£=£ 


* 


-i — i— 


tjsz 


-h 


-i- 

-» — 9- 


h 


-i — r~ 

Say-ing    all  things  work  to-  geth-  er 
Hemakesall  things  work  together 


^ 


0 — g>- 


■\~ 


^-•-jC. 


i — i — i — 


For  their  good  who  love  the 
For  their  good  who  love  the 


Lord. 
Lord. 


lM^ 


■F      F      h 

FFF 


B.C. 


ۥ- 


■^^zsczfei: 


-*)-*•-*>- 


AJ- 


wea 
safe 


u= 


ry 

ly, 


Comes  the  sweet     as 
Ev    -    er      be       his 


t 


I 

sur -  ing 

name  a 


word, 
dor'd ; 


-P-> 


H- 


3  Courage,  then,  press  fearless  onward, 

Still  by  faith  in  Jesus  dwell ; 
Eest  assured  whate'er  befall  you, 

With  his  blessing  all  is  well. 
Grace  sufficient  for  his  people 

He  hath  promised  in  his  word, 
And  all  things  do  work  together 

For  their  good  who  love  the  Lord. 


W.  E.  FENN, 


YES,  THIRE'S  ROOM! 


A.  S.  EIEFFEE. 


29 


*-% 


=G^ 


i. 


f  In  our 
I  Bound-  less 
o  S  Can  you 
'•  i  While   the 


Pa  - 
room 
pray 

lier     ■ 


ther's  house  a  -   bove 


-«-«•- 
-*-' 


1st  time.   \ 

— (V — I -p 


to 

y 


his  great   love 
be       ex  -  cus'd? 
bil  -  lows    roll, 


f 


•A---A — A bfcr-A 

.p-Lirt-gzz 


-Fh- 


^    I     I 


-L£- 


There  is  room 

For  the  sin    - 

Can  you  wait 

That  may  sweep 

A-*— A— 

E=t=r 


for  ev' 
(Omii 

an  -  oth 
(0?m( 


ry 
er 


one: 
clay  ? 


-k 


-W- 


i. 


t=«=£:t^— 


2d  time. 


Chorus. 


--^_ 


-  ner  who     will     come 
your  soul        a    -     way. 


pa_ 


Zfc 


Yes,    there's    room, 


bound-less 


For      the 


Bidz£z£=p=*d 
Itzzlizztzz^zzrf 


3  Dare  you  say  "I  will  not  go;" 

Dare  you  any  longer  wait? 
"While  the  cry  is  "yet  there's  room," 
And  an  hour  may  be  too  late? 

4  Meroy's  door  still  stands  ajar, 

And  the  Spirit  whispers  come! 
Cries  alike  to  rich  and  poor, 
Saying.,  yet.  there's  boundless  room. 


I'M  REDEEMED. 


WM.  B.  ELiEE. 

1— *-*r 


1.  I'll  sins,  I'll  sing     to  my  Saviour's  praise, I'm  re  -  deem'd, 

2.  I'll  sins  his  love,    for    he     set    me    free,    I'm  re  -  deem'd, 

3.  I'll  tell    his  prais  -  es  while  here  be  -  low,    I'm  re  -  deem'd, 

4.  O  sing,  ye  saints,  singa  -  gain  with   me,    I'm  re  -  deem'd, 


redeem'd !  For       he    has    led    me  from 

redeem'd  !  He    paid    the  price  on  the 

redeem'd  !  And  shout    a  -  new  when  to 

redeem'd !  And   tell    that  par-  don    is 


-A-r-A 


fczirA: 


-9 — 0- 


A-A^A— A— A— A-^-A^ 


■►— ►— ►— ^ 


* 


-¥—¥■ 


f^f=f 


-IS-f-i— I*— rA 


•19- 


tz±±: 


-A-A- 


--(♦- 


-V- 


=t 


jBL 


-*h 


sin'S    dark  ways,  I'm  re  -  deem'd, 

cru    -    el  tree,  I'm  re  -  deem'd, 

heav'n     I  go,  I'm  re  -  deem'd, 

full      and  free,  I'm  re  -  deem'd, 


Refrain. 


-ei- 


£± 


■&-. — • 

cem'd !  , 
eem'd!   I 

eom'd!    ( 
eem'd!   ' 


it 


-As- 


3tr 

Ed=zz=±d 


3t 


=3=tet 


!=Sp3D 


redeem'd ! 
red 
red 
redeem 


-*3ir~* 


m 


I'm 


re    -    deem'd ! 


I'm 


deem'd! 


WHAT  A  SATH'BING  THAT  WILL  BE. 


-V— fy 


^     ^    ~^— ^— g- 


;.  h.  _o_2_.t_.TASE. 
■-V-fr-fr    s  ■  IS  -ft-  * 


31 


-_fc_r 


-F — I- 


-Ah 


"*—*- 


*— #— y- 


-F*-T  *   *  J 

1.  At  the  sounding  of  the  trumpet, when  the  saints  are  gathered  home,  We  will  greet  each  other  by  the  erys-tal 

2.  When  the  an -gel  of  the  Lord  proclaims  that  time  shall  he  no  more, We  shall  gather  and  thesaredand  ransomed 

3.  At  the  great  and  fi-nal  judgment.when  the  hidden  comes  to  light.When  the  Lord  in  allhisglo-  ry   we  shall 

4.  When  the  golden  harps  are  soundingand  the  an-gel  bands  proclaim, In    triumphant  strains  the  glorious  jubi- 

_A-.A_.A--A-  -A-  -A- -A- -A-  „,  -A-       .     .     A -A- -A- -A- -A -A- 


EH: 


■4r-» 


-fit- 


It 


#— »- 


-*— F 


_k-  -_.— _k— _k— 14— A— __— t-r— _V- 


-t F 


-ff— #- 


1 ■ — i~j-- 


ft=t=t 


_.--__■ 


«" 


:|= 


-s—e-T 


H — ! — i — : — h 


crys-  tal    sea, 

glad-  ly    see, 

we  shall  see, 

ju  -  bi  -  lee, 

*  -t-»— _»T 


With  the  friends  and  all    the  loved  ones, there  a  -  wait- ing    us      to  come,-. 
Then  to    meet     a -gain    to  -  geth  -  er      on     the  bright  ce  -  les- tial  shore,  [Wnt 

At    the    bid-  ding   of    our    Sav-iour,"Come,ye  bless-  ed,    to  my  right,"  f 
Then  to    meet  and  join    to     sing  the  song    of     Mo  -  ses  and  the  Lamb, } 

_A-  ____  .A-  -A-  -A-  -A-  -A-  -A-  -A-    _        H      _ 


"-F- 


— __ — i_k — __. — _k- 


t^ — fe^ — ^ — t^ — ^ — f — t^ — 1?~ 


A->— ►—*■- 


.?—{-—?—/- 


-fr_V_ 


E 


AF 


-l^-N-Hy-fr-A-lV-l—i 

J 1 u. — i-! — I — _J A: 


What   a    gat  if 


ring, 


gath' 


T 


-__-- 


ring, 


I 


-k— ^— ^~ 


lafcat 


_5l: 


-_-*_.-=*— ^~ 


igr-i 

gath'rlng  of  the  faithful  that  will  be ! 


A 


-w- 


-r*H»- 


-J*-r*-l*-r*- 


__—_-—»£—-.—_-—_- 


-hr-h 


-h — F 


V    V    V    l>    V    V    V    V     V    </'?'*    V 
What  a   gath'ringof theloYedones,whenwe'llmeet  with  oneanother, 


By  permission,  from  "  Song  Treasury, 


32 


:fc=^z:V:£:£zjV 


WHAT  A  fcATE'EING  THAT  WILL  BE.    Concluded, 

What    a    gath'     - 


-*»— e — a- 
-*i — t 


N-N~!»r 


* 


:|==f-f-f-l-^--^-^- 


-£- 


r 


-w-  -*-  -f - 


iV 


"3T 


I 


ring, 

I 
-©' — 


net 


-2— £— £- 


_e_@_ 


-^ 


3 


At     tlic  sounding  of    the  glorious  ju  -  bi  -  lee, 

-A-  -A-  _a_  -A-  -A-  -A-  -A-  -A- 

t=t=t=t=r-t: 


j  u  -  bi  • 


-»— » 


s— l&— 14—14— A' 
-I 1 (—-  h 


EEH 


I 

lee! 
-# 


— fr-fcr 


e. 


hj-v-v-p-v-v^-v-1-- 


\j    \j    ]/    y    «>    *    •    * 

What  a  gath  'ringv,  hen  the  friends  and  all  the 
_A  _A„  _A-  -A-  -A-  .A.  A-  -A- 

j~~r~t~^~f~r:  ' 


*--»—«- 

\-?--% 


-14—  1A— 14— 14- 

■I r 


-A— 14-14- 


br-v^V-U  U  U  y-y 


eI 


/      1/     U      P     1/     1/ 

dear  ones  meet  each    oth  -  er, 


What      a 


■a th'  -  ring 


of       the 


•         1/ 

faith  -  ful  that  will 

„  -»-  -»- 

-I?-        -rf-  -t—  +- 

-» — # » ©- 


be! 
-A-« 


GLORY  BI  TO  THE  FATHER. 


q— qq= 


1 


Glory  be  to  the  Father,  and to 

As  it  was  in  the  beginning,  is  now,  and      ev 


c¥=r^ 


_j 


h^* 


— £>- 


~ST 


P*S 


the        Son,       and        to       the     Ho  -  ly       Ghost; 
er      shall  be,  world    with -out    end.     A    -    men. 

_«         ■*         -^        -P- 


BURTON.    CM.    With  Chorus. 


A.  S.  EIEFPEE. 


33 


1.  A  -  las,  and  did    ray     Sav-iour     bleed? 

2.  Well  might  the  sun    in      darkness     hide, 

Q.f-'A      A      A 


And  did    my  Sov'- reign    die?  Would  he     de  -  vote  that 
And  shut  his  glo  -  ries      in,    When  Christ,  the might-y 


-A-M-A- 

HA-8-!*— 14- 


£ 


-h^J»- 


»= 


I 


t: 

■|*-;8-i4— H 


-0 — 9-\ 


-je- 
•i — 


Chorus. 


■A----A— A- 


ja 


-* — h 
-I — 


-tc-f- 


--& — i-f — kF-j 1 — ^h— i-^-F— i- — f-    . 

H**— A)  r — I A — -W-Af-*--£hi-fr — !    —I ^ AWtt^— AhT — Pi 1 


:<fc-i*=£ 


fr-=Ah|- 
tZJtt 


sa    -    cred     head 
Mak  -  er,       died 


For    such      a       worm  as     I?     i 
For  man,    the     creature's  sin!  S 


A  -  maz  -  ing     pit 


a§± 


-A — A— A- 


Ji*L:£:  -£.- 


-K=>- 


-I r- 


JEiA/ 


-A— A-^-A— A- 
_i i ■ -j 


grace     un  -  known! 

I 


A      £L 


^zzj 


=H5 


Ah8-*1--*! — W-A^ 

-  j 1 1 3E 


-N— k— K- 


3fc 


jr 


F# 


3= 


And  love  be-youd    de  -   gree!    That  Je  -  sus  bought  with  blood  di  -        > 


1§ 


-^ 


-Ah 


r?« 


I 


3-1- 


I 


A  home  in  heav'n  for  me. 


§S 


t? A 


fA  •._!■-?— A 


■6>— 


,  _*L  A-J-<^  -f^- 

— U — e — t — I i-t — \~a -*■-•»— m — m-  -I— 


-t±- 


J^—¥—^—¥—¥3 


m 


1 


34 


TO  BE  THERE. 


JOCEPH  B.  110017. 


TO  BE  THESE.    Concluded. 


-w- 


To       be     there,  to       be      there Oh 

To     be  there,  to     be  there, 


H: 


-A- 


-fcl- 


what  must   it      be       to       be    there? 


9;P-i 


i 


-4— A- 


w^ 


-A---A— H 
-I 1 L_ 


K-i'1 


■S-bT^-k-k- 


C0LL7IS. 


i 


E§=1 


-p— ?-[ — | — 
MEAN.    8s  &  7s.    Double. 


-A---fc- 


V — •/■ — i j/ — j/ 


nTS.  T.  EALL 


Fink. 


3 

tYl_ 


4= 


f 


:£*S 


j- 


,   fCe»se,  ye     mourn  -  ers, 
'tPain,    and     death,     ana 
o  f  Light  and 
Al  In        kis 


peace       at 
glo    -    rious 


cease  to  Ian 
night,  and  an 
once  de  -  riv 
pres  -  ence     Ht 


u     y  - 

guish   O'er       the  grave    of  those 

guish,    En    -     ter  not      the  world 

ing     From,     the  hand    of  God 

ing,    They    shall  nev  -    er,  nev    - 

-»-  -H-  -m- 

— I .♦ *— ,-r*- 


:sivi:: 


-+- 


-h 


yon  love;  ) 

a     -  bove.  j 

most  high,) 

er  die.    j 

-r&- 


tV 


7^~ 


-+- 


-m- 


fc-pP 


i 


„  j-,  fl.    Glo  -  ry's     bright  -  est       beams    are      play   -    ing    Round  the      hap  -  py     Chris  -  tian's     head, 
ij.\,.  ^2.  There,    no        fear        of         woe,      in   -    trud  -    ing,  Sheds    o'er    hear'n    a         mo  -  ment's  gloom. 

ik  i  .is.  d.c. 


~X 


s- 


-+- 


While   our 
End  -  less 

N PS 


=* 


-h 


^ 3E 1 

y- 

si     -     lent     steps    are 
pleas  -    ure      pain     ex 

N        N        N 


-I h— 


-4H 


-*h 


stray  -    ing,       Lone  -  ly,      through  night's  deep'ning       shade, 
clud    -    ing,        Sick  -  ness       there      *iio      more  can      .come ; 


-*- 


-M- 

-I — 


■+■ 


1- 

-\ — 


-F 


-b 


36 


FBISCILLA  ;.  OWEHS, 


ALL  AROTOD  ME  WOKLE. 


S.  S.  LOEEHZ,  hy  ptr. 


4*^1 


y  U1 

the  flag     of    Je  -    sns      O'er  the  earth  unfurled!  Sabbath  schools  are  singing  AS1      around  the  world 
tie  In  -  dian  dia-  monds,  Pre-cious  isl-  andpearls;  Learning  Bi-  ble    les  -  sons,  Hap  -  py  boys  and  girls. 

Sun  -  day  schools  are  sing-ing,Franee  and  Spain  and  Rome;  Hear  their  joyous  music,  songsof  heav'n  and  home. 

Sun  -  day  schools  in  Chi  -  na    Reaching  down  the  coast;  Mex- i  -  co     is-  lead  -  ing,    Gal- lant  lit- tie  host. 

A^     -A--A-*  -A--Ar      -A-      -A-.  -A--&-      -A~  • -*- -A- * -*- -A-     "A-     "A-' 


R— t- 


IS=jff 


— k — k— k— k— I 1 


Fine 


W 

Sun- day  schools  in  Chi  -   na,       In  -  dia  and     .la- pan;  Training  souls  for  gto-  ry,   By    the    gos  -  pel  plan 
Af-  ric's  gold  dust  scattered  'Neath  the  feet      of  wrong ;  Ris  -  es    vsp    in  brightness  From  the  darkness  long. 
Where   the  n-.'ir-  tyrs  suf-  fered      Ho  -  ly  seed     is  spread;  Gather    up  these  ru- bies  Dyed  in    life-blood  red. 
Glad     Bia-i-.il      inn  chil  -  dren  Praise    to  God  .shall  sing;  Far-off  Pat-  a-  gon  -  ia   An-swera  Christ  is  King. 
-A-5-     -A- -A*    A"   A-      -A-      -A-  *  -A"  -A-  *  -A-  -£t-      -A- * -jA- -A- *  -  A-  -A-.    .     -A-* -A"   "A- 


;^ 


1/ 

>.S.— See 


the  flag 


v   v  v    v  r  v   v 

O'er    the  earth  un-furled!  Sunday  schools  are  singing  All   a- round  the  world. 


Chorus 


W-y-ri-#»-'S-» — eH 


IIS. 


— i y— >- 

y     p   y 

Lift    thecroi 


^--.^-1-.-- 


oss    of    Je  -    sus,    Bear  the   Bi  -  ble   on ;  Soon  the  world  will  ech  -   o 


2 m=-& 


:*_? 

-$,—&- 


-S- 


£=&=]=: 


f* 


-£r 


~li 


=«= 


=t=pi 


A- -A- 


*^&&^k 


A-   A 

-I I— 

-k— k 


With    his  vint'-ry    won. 

-W-'       -fV  -a- 


-?-y— fr-i 1-- 


"WHITES  THAI?  SHOW. 


37 


S.  A.  OIEliK, 


-Al 1- 

3t* 


:f= 


1.  White  as  Arrow;  oh,  *what  a  prom-ise    For    the  heav-  y  -   lad-  en  breast.When  by  faith  the  soul    receives  it, 

2.  Whitens  snow;  can  my  transgressions  Thus  be  whol-  ly  washed  a-way,  Leav-ing  not     a    trace  be-hind  them, 
&.    Yes,    at  once,  and  that  complete-ly   Thro'  the  blood  of  Christ,  I  know,  All    my  sins,  tho'  red,  iike  crimson, 


W-ea  -  ri-siess    is  changed  to  rest. 

Like      a  cloudless  surn-merday? ' 

May     become  as  white  as  enow.  S  Whit-er  thansnow„ 


whit-er    than  snow,  Washed,  in    the  blood  of     the 

in     the 


X 


A—A-A— A-rA_w_A-^,r-A-A-A-A nA— A- 

.1 .) 

■£— %r 

-H ~j- 


4- 


HA— *- 


t^Vz* 


-I*— It- 


-^ 


y 


"~D~D  D  r 


XL_C 


-A-A-A 


m 


b  I'  V  ! 

Lamb 


V  '•  u 

Whit 


4v— N-- k 


^\ 


+-+ 


!>    N 


fcfc 


-A — w- 
* — # 


-A- 


-A— i?— y— -b- 


W    W 


f 


333 


M^=fe:te 


^— *- 


-At---*- 


-^|-i~j|J-T 


I 


9& 


blood  of  the  Lamb  j    Whiter    than  snow, 

-i^ j_a  — A — A- 


wbjt  -  er  thansnow, Washed  in    the  bJood  of     the     Lamb. 


-a»— ©- 

-I r- 


-W-y-V-|— . 


-fc- 


A— A-A— A- 


£— ^— ►■— f»- 


v   W   y 


Vt^pz^l 


0- 


-w- 


-A-'-A 


hV— y— y— y— V- 


w 


Zi 


lira.  B.  3.  S0L3IKQZI!. 


HE  WILL  RECEIVE  ME. 


GEO.  B.  EOLSDTBIH. 


1.  Come  now,  dear  Lord  .re  -  ceive  ray  heart, Make  rae  toy    serv-  ant    while  inyouth, From  all    that's  sin  -  ful 

2.  I         dare    not  wait  for      rip  -  er  years, But  Jong,  dear  Sav  -  iour,   now    for  thee,    O!     come  and  ban  -  ish 

3.  I       know  In    thee  true    joys  arefound^And  all  will    fade,  this    world  can  mete,  So     for      thy  king-dona 


9i-|-6-^ 

rA A-A- 

-f»- 

[_ 

rs S— s — s- r1 ' — • ' — 

-A A— A — A-H 1 — : 1 — 

i    L  >  % 

4-^^  £l  -JL. 

> 

-it: 

1             i,      1          \j\w~w-9          9       w          w     r        i, 
Lj ^j ^L\ p_J 1 

Choeus.                 .         ». 

1   C  i — tf 

r-D~lv-l Nt- 

-#-W i 1 \~  - 

$=? 

A- A A^ 

nfc: 

t                        m 

-M A A Ar- 

-* A 1 At- 

L, X J_ 

) 

I'd  de-  part.Teach  me, 
all  my  fears.  And  let 
I       am  bound,— Cast  alt, 


Or  teaeb  rne  love  and  truth. 
me  ev  -  er  dwell  with  thee, 
my    Je  -  sas,    at      thy    feet. 


He     will      re-  ceive,    I        know  he  will,    He 


-*— t-r 


i: 


t=fz±-E 


:£i-* *- 


.a 

A — s 


will,  he  will   his     lov«    im,-part,He  will     re-ceive,  I     know  he  will,  Ha    will,  he    will  re- ceive  my  heart. 


Q'-'M— #— #-# 


t 


_t_A—?  -FA-I- 


~m»  a 


:±=t==±= 


m. 


I  AM  WITH  THEE  EVERY  HOUR, 


39 


Arr.  from  a  "  Jubilee  Song,"  by  J.  H.  TE1TOE7. 


am  with 
am  with 
am  with 
am  with 
am  with 
am  with 


thee 
thee 
thee 
thee 
thee 
thee 


For    too  long  the  way, and  dart, for  thee    a  -  lone.    \ 

For    my  love  un-chang-a  -  ble  is  pledged  to  thee,    f 

I     will  cheer  thy  troubled  heart, thy  burdens  bear.  \ 

-ry  hourTmy  strength  is  thine/Thou  the  ten  -  der  branch, and  I  the  liv  -  ing   vine.    J 

-ry  hour,  till  life's  work  done,    I     shall  bear  thee  hence  to  stand  before  the  throne.  1 

-ry  hour.and  hear -en  waits,    To   throw  o  -  pen  wide  for  thee  its  pearl- y     gates,  j 


■ryhour,  O  ransomed  one, 
ry  hGiir,tru.stthouin  me, 
ry  hour,  I  know  thy  care, 


with  thee, 

From  "Spiritual  Songs.  No.  2,"  by  per. 


iv  jv  v  • 

w    ^rith  thee, 


40 


Kit.  E.  B.  HABTZLES. 


MY  REDEEMER  LIVES. 


1.  "I    know  that  my   Re- deem-er  lives!"  I     feel  his  kindling  lore;    I'll     hearths  cross  till     I     shall  gain 

2.  "I    know  that  ray    Re  -  deem-er  lives!"  To  in  -  ter -  cede  for    me;     And   by     his  rich,    a  -  bounding  grace 

3.  "I    know  that  my   Re  -  deem-er  lives !"  The  U  -  ni  -  ver  -  sal  King;  Let    all     the  earth  and  all     in  beav'n 

rl 


.** £^t 


My  crown  in  heay'n  a  -  bove.)  Hal-le-    -  In 


I'm  saved  e  -  ter  -  nat  -  ly.    > 

To    him  their  prais-es  bring.  J  Hal-le 


-   jah !  Hal-le  -  la 


-   jah!  Jesus  stands  and  bids  me, 


luiah  evermore^  Hal-le  -  iu-i&b.  evermore!  Je-sus  stands  and  bids  me 


"bids  me  eoJiiefc  Hal  -  te- 
eome.  Hal  -  l'e 


9fe 


** 


V     9 


-    jah  \  Hal  -  te  -  la    -     -    -    jah,  I 
lu-jah  evermore  1  Hal-le  -  lu-jah  evermore!  I 

e  p*  rs  n  >.  t~- 


v-\/- 


-I — h 


-W-l y—9^~ 


(4-  -i  ,  i  .  i .  i ,  t b — fr 


am     on     my    journey  home, 
am     on      my    jonr-ney  home. 

-A-  -A-        I  /TN 


« 


From  "Spiritual  Songs,"  by  per. 


n 


i 


SACBI3D  STEBAK 


I.  H,  HALL. 


41 


1.  O       flood    of     liv  -  ing  wa-ters.    And  might-y      crim-son    tide.     Blest  fountain     of    sal  -  va  -  tion,  From 

2.  Thy    v/a  -  ters  drown  ail    sor-rows,  Ex-  tin-guish  ct'  -  ry      grief,    And  blot-ting  out  trangressions,  Brings 

3.  Thy  grace  ex  -  eels    the  J  or -dan,  Which  made  the  lep  -  er    whole;  Lol  thou  hast  Healed  the  sick-ness,  Which 


42 


PKI3CILLA  I.  OWZKS. 


MEET  ME  AT  THE  KING'S  EIGHT  HAND. 


I.  BALTZZLL,  by  ner. 


1.  Meet     me     at      the  King's  right  hand,  Scholars  dear    of   mine; 

2.  In  that  dread  and  sol  -  emn  day  Tribes  of  earth  shall  meet; 
X.  Oh,  re  -  mcm-ber  in  youryouth,Time  must  pass  a  -  way  ; 
4.  Come    to  Christ,   a       will-  iug  band,    Schol-ars  dear    of    mine; 


Gath-ered  there,  a        joy  -  fnl  band, 
Cast  -  ing     off    their  proud  ar  -  ray 
Heed    the    Sav-iour's  words  of   truth, 
Then,    up  -  on    the  King's  right  hand, 


Saved    by     love      di  -  vine. 
"     At      the   Judg-ment-se.it 
Think    of     that   great  day 
I      shall    see     you  shine 


} 


Let    me    see      you  wait-ing  stand    Read-y 

IN      IS      f\ 


for       the     glo  -  ry-  land ; 


-T— *— L^ ^ W— 


-4—     5T 


^       N      ^ 

Lli — \~ 

~fs~- 

« 

!S       ! 

IS. 

"J       f— 

V 

^      ^.3. 

«      4^ 

f 

Kobed    and  crowned  with    an    -   gels      round,  Robed  and  crowned  with  an  -  gels      round,  Meet   me,        oh, 


V 


w 


■A— r* 


H 1 — © — e— 


±± 


0 — 0 — o-S-ye 

I 1 1 r-l r- 


w    u 


r 


MEET  ME  AT  THE  KING'S  RIGHT  HAND.    Concluded. 


43 


JtZE 


H- 


"*-* 


—J- 
Meet  me,      oh,  meet  me! 


N~N 


t--d — *J— A — ^ 


-AH 


E!Ep 


Meet  me,       oh,  meet  me     at     the  King's  right      hand. 


W^-»~ 


_A_A. 


-A— A— A- 


->=►=►- 


f 


y 


V--^— SZZ_y_ 


If 


HAPPY  GATHERING  HOME. 


a.  s.  kieffeb. 


WM.  B.  BLAEE. 


1.  When  life's  day  is      o 

2.  There  to  dwell  for  -  ev 

3.  There,  on  hills  of      Zi 


ver,  "We  shall  gather     home 

-  er  With  the  saints  a  -  bove, 

-  on,  Drinking  "wa-ters    pure, 

I 


To  our  Father's  man-sion,  Never  more  to  roam  ; 
Blest  with  all  the  pleas-ure  Of  a  Saviour's  love. 
S-Sing-ing  in  God's  presence       Ever  more  se- cure. 


44 


EOT.  ;.  S.  JJABTIS. 


AT  THE  BEAUTIFUL  GATE. 


-*-*- 


E.  M.  McINIOSH,  by  jar. 


-I I — I — S k 

» — J — W — If P 


-N-y 


-H  —  9^ 


^J^-zfe 


-*- 


If 


.  f  I  think  I  should  mourn  o'er  my  sor-  row  -  ful  fate,  If  sor- row  in  heav  -  en  can 
•|  If      no  oneshouldbe      at    the  beau  -  ti  -  ful    gate,  There  wait-ing    and  watching  for 

o  fHowfsad-ly  I'd  feel  in  the  heav- en  -  ly  state,  If  sad-ness  in  heav- en  can 
•  \  If  no  one  should  be  at  the  beau  -  ti  -  ful  gate,  Con  -  duct-  ed  to  glo '-  ry  by 
O     Lord,  I       be-seech  thee  for    wis-  dom  and  grace,    In       win-ning  lost  souls  uu  -  to 


be 

me 

be. 

me. 

thee 

me. 


.     } 


[  That  ma-  ny    may   be      in  that  beau  -  ti  -  ful   place,    A    crown  of     re  -  joic-ing    to 

-0-  0-  0-       S-  K  V  ..  .  K 

-<♦-  -.♦-  ■>   -*-  1 — i — i—  +-  -r-  -r-  -r-  -r-  -^-  -*- 


j* 


"  Yes,   wait 
Yes,  waiting  and  watching  for  me, 

-♦-   -♦-  -»-  -♦-  -»-    - 


a— «—«-<-« — « — ^ — & — o-<- 

ing  and  watching  for    me,     Yes,    wait 


M=« 


t= 


Tt 


'^Wf 


ing  and  watching  for     me  ;    May 
for    me,     Yes,  waiting  and  watching  for  me,  for     me;    May 

-0-  -0-  -0-  -0-  -0-  -0-   -9-  -0-    -0- 


V  l'  b  v    t'    U 


X- 


-f- 


r*= A 


■h- 


+ 


-I h 


^z^-^sr^-p: 


-h— f 


-h 


¥-*-*-¥—¥-¥■ 


*=^¥ 


is 


?: 


JS_  _!s 


-+- 


'- 


4- 


1*r- 


—0 — 0 — 9 — ^ «^- 

ma  -  ny     of  those   at     the     bean  -  ti  -   ful  gate,      Be 

N     *     !\ 


=A=3- 


---&— 


— « 


-«*- 


wait-  ing     and  watch- ing"     for 


A.  AEUHDMr. 
Joyously. 


-A1- 


m 


.1 l_AL_!_5. 


EOSANNA. 

-J- 
-« — 


SEO.  0.  HTOS,  by  per. 


45 


±: 


:F 


1.  Let  loud    ho  -  san  -  nas     .joy  -   ful       rise  With -in       thy  courts  to  -  day: 
2-  Ho  -  san  -  nas      be      to      Christ  our    Kin?!  Who  bore    our    sin     and  shame; 
3.  Ho-  san  -  na    while  we      so  -  journ  here!  Ho  -  san  -  na  when  we     die! 

II    J  \     -to- 

-f»— l-r*H 1—~—£-++- 


-M- 


i      is — if 

And  may  they  soar  be- 

Ho  -  san  -    na !     let  our 

Ho  -  san  -  na     then  our 


-  yond  the  skies  In  loft  -  j  notes  of  praise, 
voic  -  es  ring  In  lion-  or  of  his  name, 
souls  will  cheer  A  -  bovetho  vault-ed     sky. 


Ho      -       -      san  -  na!  Ho     -       -     san   -  na! 

Ho  -  aan-na,  ho   -  san-na,     bo  -   san-na,  ho  -   san  -  na ! 


Copyright,  1S82,  by  Hugo  &  Armstrong!. 


46 


Idrs.  CHAPlliN. 


TEEBE'S  A  LIGHT  IN  THE  HAEBOR. 


J.  CALVIN  BDSHEY. 

N    IS       •*■ 


am  sail  in^  o'er  life's  sea,  Bound  for  Canaan's  happy  land,  Onward  glides  theswingingkeel.Quick  the 

2.  Tho'  the  billows  high  may  toss,A.nd  the  white-capp'd  breakers  foam,  There's  a -hand  upon  the  helm  Which  will 

3.  Tho'  my  soul  in  patience  waits,  Soon  -I'll  reach  the  golden  shore,  And  with-in   the  Jasper  gates  Sing  his 


■±fc±&=£ 


w 


'$ 


+-P 


~i— 


Chorus. 


H€H- 

£r- 


jv-K 


■-&,- 
— e>- 


A  •  A_ 


i ^_? 


lis 


helm  o  -  beys  I  lie  hand. "|  There'sa    light, 
guide  you  safely   home, 
praise  for-  ev  -  er-  more. 

W~<9—  W— W 


There'sa     light, 


Poor  sin  -  ner,  it  shines  for 


in   the  harbor, 


-t 


S 


-N— |S- 


r\    N 


■©>- 


•l-h1 

■♦-4-©- 


:^<»i-^t 


-♦— ♦- 


in  the  harbor. 
-A-  A   A   ±-i 


-1saJa_.aza_s: 


-A- 


-I «— ^~ 

-V-9-\- 


-A- 

it::: 


}•«. 


s« 


t 


thee 

-A 


for  thee, 

A- 


There's  a     light, 


^i^& 


fcrp 


in  the  harbor, 


There'sa     light 


in    the  har-bor, 
-A- A   -A- 


Shining  bright  for     you      and    me. 


*-F*=A-A- 


— — *- 


*._ 


9-V-V-V- 


^— k- 


©  -— * 


s 


Mrs.  C.  L.  SHACZLCCE. 

Duet. 


SOME  TO  THE  FOUNTAIN. 


Arr.  fron  rBAHK  M.  DAVIS. 


47 


he 


1.  Come    to     the  life  -  giv  -  ing       Fount  -  ain,     Drink,  for    its    wa  -  ters    are  pure; 

2.  Free-ly     His  love  He     be    -    stow-   eth ;        Free  -  ly    His    ran  -  som  He  paid; 

3.  Grace  all-  suf  -  ft  -  cient  sus    -    tain-    ing;       "Wis-dom     to  .guide  thee    a  -      right, 

4.  Life     in     the  heav-  en  -  ly         man  -  sions       Free  -  ly    He      of  -  fers     to  thee ; 

: : »: rV ^ V-  -i 1 i— 


-*r- 


¥ 


Close  with  the 
He  from  thy 
Out        of      the 


-*r- 


of   -    fer 

sin     hath 


-AHi 


-N— fx— N— N^ 


*=$=* 


L 


■m- 
— i- 


^-•- 


re  -  gions      of 


of         mer  -   cy, 
re  -   deem'd  thee. 


dark  -  ness, 
ev 


Trust,  for  His  prom-ise      is 
On  Him  thy    bur  -  den  was 
In  -  to     the  king-dom    of 

This  shall  thy  her   -   it  -  age 


sure 

laid,  i  nh 
light.  fun* 
be. 


'•     *     V 

to     the    life  -  giv  -  ing 
_£ 9    -a-  -m~  -r*- 


Fount  -  ain 


S— r*= 


g&^^EFEBEk 


Drink,  for     its     wa-  ters 


pure! 


* 


H H 1 r— 

-m — 0 — » — m- 
-i — i y — r— 

W    U    V    W 


==£ 


a 


48 


Ssv.  W.  P.  OOSNEE. 


MUSIC  OVEE  YONDES. 


A.  J.  SHOWALTK. 
J- 


veryon-der.      On    the  bright,  e  -  ternal  shore, Where  the  saints  shall  dwell  with 
ver  you- der,  Where  the  crys  -  tal    wa  -  ters  glide,  Where  the  tree    of      life    is 
ver  yon- der,     And  the  songs  shall  nev  -  er  cease,    For  the  saints  shall  dwell  for- 

-A-    -£r  .  -A-    -A-    -A- 


-fc-r-r*— k—^— ,' 


4=t 


■_.h_::^ziz^r-^i_a 


z.fczfzfcF 


|zzz^±|zztz£ 


9 


i-w 


-AH* 


-ft— 


fcfcjtn* 


,       All       the  brig 


-A^^A- 


:|= 


S  "  ~B ^1 S 


^ 


t^T-Ar- 


Je  -    sus,       All       tEe  bright  for  -  ev  -   er     more;     All     their  years  of       sor  -  row   end  -  ed,    Where  no 

ev    -    er      Bloom- ing     by      the    sil  -  ver    tide.        Oh,    what  joy     the    heart    is     thrill-ing,       O    -    ver 

-  ev    -    er      With     the  Lord    in     per  -  feet  peace.    Soon   we    hope    to     join    their  eho  -  rus       On      the 


£&=£ 


£=± 


J04 


:si 


■W-- 


■*-* 


-r* f«- 


-P   '-0 


Mj=w=£±* 


ti 


:d=z 


T 


A-B 


gzz£z^L|zi=i-*zz£ 


-A-   -A- 


§g 


-P—P—P—P. 


:t=t: 


rrrr 


-r 


V— V 


-%-K 


— p- 


it 


I 


night  can    ev  -  er    come,  They  are  sing -ing,  sweet- ly    sing-ing,     In    their  glo  -  rious  heav'n-ly  home. 

on    the    shin-ing  shore,  Where  they  sing  the  song      of    Mos  -  es      And    the  Lamb    for-  ev    -    er    more. 

bright  e    -   ter  -  nal  shore, Where  the  saints  shall  be     with  Je  -  sus,     All     the  bright    for-  ev    -   er    more. 


M  I 


TT 


z: 


"Jta.  8.H.  SBIITIH. 

.   Solo. 


PHAY  FOR  YOUE  BOY  TO-NI&HT. 


QEO.  EOBT.  CAiSKS. 


49 


^*-*__*_ 


4^^ 


3tzM: 


-v^s- 


:$-jrfzffc:tz:|= 

H_h_-U|-^-  -ahr-W-8?- 


1 


HV-V--VT 


*v--£> 


^Z^jt^ZntlJ^ 


v— •- 


1.  Once  I    was  pure  as   dews  that  fall  From  the  morn    -    ing  clouds  a  -  bove-, 

2.  Weary  the  world,  and  dark  and  wild,  And  with  ma-ny       a      fa  -  tal    snare, 

3.  Moth-er,  my  heart  is    hard  and  cold,  And  is     blighted  with  grief  and  care, 

4.  Tho1   in  the  toils    of     sin,  your  boy    Yet  is      wan  -    d'ring  far    from  home, 
ACCOMP. 


Now  I    am  held  in    the 
As  onward  sweeps  the 
Pray  for  your  boy  as 
Oft-  en  he  yearns  for  the 


<m 


-sf— x- 


=k* 


■ST-+T-** 


i 


3=3=*== 


Chorus. 


world's  dark  thrall,  A    -     -    way  from  the  Fa-ther's    love, 
surg  -  ing  tide,  Far     a  -  way  from 

oft       of      old.  When  a     child  be  - 

old  -  en     joy     Be    -    -    fore   he    be  -  gan 


is 


^ 


■it 


God  and  prayer.  ! 
side  your  chair,  f 
gan   to      roam.   ' 

■4-r-k- 

■m— 1-& 

3Ete 


Then  pray     for   your     boy 


night, 


-*--.-*- 


■>— v- 


»-    -#- 


t=»: 


H-  -I4---IA — Ifc- 


-y- 


I 


U      P    u 


i 


_i_£ 


■  night,  oil !  pray  for     me 


^- 


-0-0- -0^0-0-  -0w#- 

Pray  God  to  give  your  boy  the  light  To  lead  him  to     heaven    and    thee. 
-0-  -0-  -0-0-  -0-  -0-  -#--#-  -•-    ^  .<"-#-.  ..       .IT.! 


r: 


:t: 


Ft5* 


9- 


-Ah* -Ar- 


] 


-+- 


£=*-fe=*z:*=pr 


>yF4Bhtf  188a,  by 


P=P 


:^=fB=p=iB^p^:te: 


+■ 


rl-r-h 


6U_1_-JJ_ 


P 


P°?y: 


/  i    v~         vv  •/  v   v 

Geo.  Robt.  Chirks.  -     -  vv 


P      *^,' 


50 


&0  AND  TELL  JESUS. 


T.  P.  SETAM,  by  pe». 


I ! 1 1 — A— » ; — A +~ r — (- 

L      .AL  ^  ^  ^  ~        .A^  *' 


^==l=^ 


-B0~0 — « — 0- 


— y 1- 


^ 


1.  Go    and  tell      Je  -  sns,  wea  -  ry,    sin- sick  soul,    He'll  ease  thee    of    thy    bur  -  den,    make  thee  "whole; 

2.  Go    and  tell      Je- sus, when  your  sins    a  -  rise     Like  mountains  of  deep  guilt  be     -     fore  your   eyes; 

3.  Go    and  tell      Je  -  sus,  He'll  dis  -  pel    thy  fears,  Will  calm  thy  pain-  ful  doubts  and       dry    thy    tears ; 


-£—  *^H-*  -S-^-f- 


Look      np      to  Him,     He     on-   ly    can     for- give,      Believe       on     Him,    and  thou  Shalt  sure-  ly    live. 
His    blood  wusspilt,    His    precious    life     he  gave,  That  mer  -    cy,    peace,    and   par- don  you  might  have. 
He'll    takethee    in      His  arms  and    on   Hisbreast.Thoumay'stbe       nap-    py,  and   for  -  ev  -  er    rest. 


■H — H — d 1 — "— ^"  -si — rl \~ fr — |- 

f — W^v—^w—rf1  -*■ — ^ — A — ■! — h- 


Go    and  tell    Je-sus,    He    on  -  ly    can    for- give,   Go    and  tell    Je-sns,    O,    turn    to  Him  and  live. 
'-0-   -0     -0-    -0~   -0-   -0-   -0-     ^  ^       |     -#-    -9-   -g-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -9- 


4=-4 


)i^=^-^-pz^-zn-z^z 


jjzzp- 


V— *- 


;jA— »— A— f* 


-W— W-^-W-bH 


-h 


+ 


:i=^=^=p=fe=(i: 


_eb=37_i — p_  tr_!/_ 


i& — *- 


■+■ 


-#- 


-p— b^-U— I 


i 


w 


GO  AND  TELL  JESUS.    Concluded. 


n 


N     fs 


"N — \— 


"^ BJ — ^ Bi- 


~2£ 


^=S=q=q: 


£zi 


■-• — #- 


3^$: 


-♦- 


-* — 0- 


I 


Go    and  tell 


Je    -    sus.    Go    and  tell     Je  -  sus,    Go    and  tell    Je  -  sus,  He      on  -  ly     can    for-  give. 


OS: 


t*-PH — |- 
Ozzr_z:sr_ 


P— £—!*- 


■      :         T — ^ 


-H 


W    1/ 


■y— ,?- 


t^=i^—t: 


£— p=£r^ 


DRINKING  AT  THE  FOUNTAIN. 


Hb — b 

V — j^- 


WK.  B.  BlAEE, 


I 


3 


■A- 


=t 


-f 


— IV 


1.  I       come     to       thee,      O         bless  -    ed     Lord,    I'm  at 

2.  O       won  -  drous    love,    that    sought    for       me,     I'm  at 

3.  I        feel       thy    cleans  -  ing       from      all       sin,      I'm  at 


the  fount  -  ain  drink-  lng! 
the  fount, -ain  drink-  ing! 
the    fount  -  ain       drink-    ing! 


fl^ 


zazzizv 


-a--r — &— 


-«- 


I        claim    the    prom  -  ise 

That         pur-  ehas'd     par  -  don 

It        gives     me       joy      and 


of-  thy  word,  My 
full  and  free,  My 
peace    with  -  in,      My 


i 


Refrain.  S 


*=4 


£2 


JV-fr 


«=^ 


^E 


Glo 


ry     to    God!    I'm     at  the  fountain  drink-in= 


m 


soul 
soul 

EOUl 


sat 

is 

Bed! 

sat 

is 

fled! 

sat 

•    Is 

■     fled! 

sxa. 


jjzzz^ 


-5- 


H   -S--0- 


-vr- 


m 


Glo  -  ry      to    God !    My  soul    is    sat  -  is  -  fied ! 


52 


iP 


N= 


-4- 


S 


:&=& 


THE"  JASPER  SSa, 


JOHK  IHOHAS  Eitt, 


*— r 


zp  ~vc 


1 — 4 — -P — b — I N — fc — K — \ c — I-*— T 

— A — #— ■! 1 t 1-5 — P — P — P — \ — N — I i— \- 


#'_* — #f — *~Mr 

A      w 

J.  When  we've  cross'd;  the  Jasper    Sea  To   the    oth  -  er  shore,      Full     of   bliss  our  song  shall  be, 

2.       To     theja<Jgern"entseat    a   -  &ove  Swift- ly  we'rt    re  -  pair.  Saved  from  wrath  rhro'Je- sna'  lo-»e, 

3*     Cap-tive  chains  shall  bind  no    more,  When  death  sets   us    free;  When  we  reach  the    oth  -  er  shore.. 


Praising  evermore.  With  the  angels  round  the  throne, Robed  in  white  they  stand.Deat  hand  tears  are  never  known, 
We  snail  see  him  there.  Parting  days  will  never  com-e,  Bright- our  home  wirl  be,  Whea  we  reach  the  other  shore, 
O'er  the  Jas-per  sea.  Parting  days- will  never  come,  Bright  our  home  wilL  be, When  we  reach  the  other  shore. 


N-*-*- 


-© 


-J— A— F— ^ 


Hi         TT 

u  •  • 
I  IS 


CHOKUS. 


1/1/  1<V 


th« 


m 


i»  f»  ♦ 

In  that  hap-py  land.  When  ire  reach 
O'er  the  Jas-per  Sea. 
O'er  the  Jas-per  Sea.  When  we  reach  the  shore,    when  we  reach  the  shore. 


-SM/- 


-y-y-£ 


P 


-fr-fr-|*-!fc-lA- 


O'er  the  Jasper  Sea, 

-     !       i       i       i       i itJ 


A  A  H 


U>  V  V 


W&J+3JL 


THE  JA3PEE  SEA.    Concluded. 


i*  ,♦  i»  i» 

V  v  y  y 

Sea,  Joy  shall    reign  ev-er   - 

o'er  the  Jasper  Sea,  joy -shall  ewer  reign. 

IN  IN 


A    A 


§!£ 


#-r*- 


-!*-!*- 


-aLaL 


joy  shall  ever  reign, 


And  heav'nour  home  will  be. 


-#-#-#-»- 


>-f-, 


1 


♦-*- 


1 *~ 


EEEtE: 


t 


-i^-V- 


-^-y- 


A   A   A   A   A 


IA  IA  IA  IA~ 


v  y  w 1/  j  v  •  in/'     r 

WE'RE  GOING  SOME  BY  AND  BY. 


Je-sus  has    eon--?  to 


\  Where  pain  and  sor-row  and  death  nev-^r   dome-  We're  go-ing 


home  by    and 
home  by   .and 


and 
and 


23 


i4t=!z=iz: 


-it-*— *- 


■V—v- 


-»- 


3- 


-» — * — #- 


-^— br 


^K-^t 


-V— V- 


by 
by, 

:f=t=t 


by:  l 
by.  ; 


t 


-»—  #-  -h 


.(*.. 


\b—  * 


i 


Chorus. 


in    n 


-A — 4- — Af 


-A! — *- 


aa 


->»   N 


■+-+- 


=*2 


A-A1- 


-*-'^_ 


:* 


There    we  shall  meet  by    the  bright,sbining    riv 
Sing-  ing   the  prais  -  es     af     Je  -  £,us    tor  -  -ev 


er;  We're  go  -  ing    home  by  and 

er;  We're  go  -  ing    home  by  and 


by 
by 


and 

.end 


by: 
by. 


2  There  he  hath  made  all  our  mansions  complete ; 
We're  going  home  by  and  by,  by  and  by : 
Soon  in  those  mansions  of  love  we  shall  meet: 
We're  going  borne  by  and  by,  by  and  fey.^CHO. 


3  Kindred  and  friends  in  that  sweet  home  shaM  meet-; 
We're  going  home  by  and  by,  by  and  byj 
There  we  shall  walk  on  the  bright,  golden  street; 
We're  going  home  by  and  by,  by  and  by.— Cmb 


54 


ttl.  £.  W.  CHAPMAK. 


NOT  ALWAYS, 


;a3.  a.  uotriErr. 

— ! — — y 

•— «—  ml— ^ 


1.  Not 

2.  The 


al  -  ways, pil-grim  str&n-gev.     Not    al- ways   on    our  jonr- ney  home;    The  place     for    yon  pre  - 
ma  -    sic  hall     is    bril- Siant,  And  sweet  the  cho  -  ral  choosers   there:    Tis  bright  with  shin- ing 


■  par  -   rng,     Will    wet  -  eome    g^re  when  e'er  yon  come, 
an  -  gels>     And  many       a       cher-teli'd  friendjis  there. 


a!  -  way*!    Not 


al- ways  on  our  Journey  home;  Soon  with  the  white-robed  angels  We  shall  rest'neath  the  bright,erystal  iloraa 


3  The  Prince  of  Life  is  with  them. 
In  majesty  and  peace  serene; 
The  mansions  of  the  holy 
Are  decked  with  lustrous  golden  sheen.— Cho. 


4  With  shoots  of  joy  and  triumph. 

They  who  have  conquer'd  in  the  fight. 
Are  with  their  blessed  Leader, 
Arrayed  in;robes  of  purest  white.— Cho. 


MCT  SUBIAY. 

Duet. 


IN  THE  SING'S  HIGHWAY. 


WIS.  S.  BLAZE. 


55 


•»"-J-#-i- 

♦-•  -♦- 

1.  Wher-ev-er  you  may    be, What-  ev  - er  you  may  seeThatwouldleads-ouin- to      e-vil,  sayyou  uay. 

2.  The  nieadows  may  be  green,  Where  by-path  stile  is  seen.Turn  a -side  the    lit  -  tie  flow-ers  seem  to    say. 

3.  For    on    enchanted  ground  There's  danger  all  a-round,  And  a  thousand  pleasant  voices  bid  you  stay. 

4.  Our  God  will  guide  us  right, And  walking  in    the  light,  We  shall  win  a  crown  of  glo- ry     in  the   day 


rN-V 


Xitat 


^1H^ 


±-N- 


-M= 


3pC 


-w^-fv-* 


m 


-j-1 — i 


•— « 


+—+-.0-0- 


-♦>-# 


Oh,    do  not  turn  a  -  side,What-ev-  er  may  be- tide,  But   keep  along  the  middle 

Be  sure  you  take  no  heed,They're  tryingto  mislead, But    keep  along  the  middle 

With  fingers  stop  your  ears,And  never  mind  the  jeersLjust  keep  along  the  middle 

When  Jesus  calls  his  own  Together  round  the  throne  who  keep  along  the  middle 


V. 


of  the  King's  high  -  way. 
of  the  King's  high  -  way. 
of  the  King's  high  -  way. 
of  the  King's  high  -  way. 


Chorus. 


-M 


me 


-^± 


| f\-r\-\ 


0^-0- 


F-H 


-!- 


-+- 


IVHVA-N 


-H-4 


tx-f 


tat 


*-»-i-#-*- 


-33=1-3: 


We'll  keep  along  the  way,  We'll  keep  along  the  way,  We'll  keep  along  the  middle    of  the  King's  high 


We  will  not  turn  a  -  side  What-ev-er  may   be  -  tide,  But  keep  along  the  middle 


9;i£ 


*g 


-K 


•4-1 — I A-r-A-^-A-rA-A-l 

7— -I — 1 1 — H 1 — j-i — I ! 

i — I — F — y-Hj-T-'x-r-f— ' — 


A-F-P- 


1/ 


-*-T*r* 


of  the  King's  high  -  way. 


r*-r*^r*- 


f^ 


jm. 


V— y 


il 


56 


JESUS,  LOVER  OP  MY  SOUL. 


With  earnest,  tender  expression 

Kh — s— N— \ 


WU.  S.  EEADBtJET. 


±HE*: 


Mr 


>    IN 


-*-*r 


-V-rP- 


T     g- 


1.  Je- 

2.  Oth 


sns,     lov- 
er      zef- 


er    of    my    sou?, 
uge  have- 1    oone- 


Let     me       to    thy  bo-som    fly,. 
Hangs  my    helpless  soul  on    thee ; 


JV-fv 


!S    V 


Sir       : 


*r->5> — 


sus. 


lo-v*  er    of  my  kou^        Let 
ref-  uge  have  I  none —   Hangs- 

*  n  n  i_ 


te-    thy  bosom  fly, 
helpless  soul  on  thee; 


1.  Je- 

2.  Oth 


n%e> 

mv 


-*—  *r 


-An^P: 


§5fe 


¥ 


1 — if-*  *  <j. 


BS 


%  *  *  «g- 


M 


fe 


-*-*-*■ 


-m—w- 


-*-# 


While  the  billows  near  me  roll, 
Leave,  ah  l  leave  me  not  alone. 


While  the  tempest  still  is  high: 
Still  support  and  comfort  me  : 


Huie  me,  O  my  Saviour,, 
All  my  tFust  on  thee  is 


-N-N- 


-N-N- 


Whfle 
Leave, 


the- 
ah.? 


m^ 


-A-N 


-i-V 


-fv-fv 


■<?- 


^-^ 


jP 


-©>- 


•^   i 


billows  near  me  roll,  While    the 
leave  ma  not  alonev  Still  sup- 

r-Ar-W-W-A- 


tempest  stHl  is  high-:  Hide  me.O       my 
port  and  eomfert  me  r  All  my  trust   on 


3E 


*-*- 


k.— k*- 


H 


ISZ=I 


.*_a-*_j^- 


'/    /    >    /  •    • 

From  "  Fresh  Laurels."  by  per.  of  Biklow  &  Mais. 


v-u- 


i"s: 


!      I 


-ft-Hrt 

m 


JESUS,  LOVER  OF  MY  SOUL.    Concluded. 

I  /TV 


57 


w 


«-*--* 


A^ 


V- 


hide, 
stayed, 


Till  the  storm  of  life  be     past; 
All  my  help  from  thee  I  bring— 


Safe    in  -  to    the  haven      guide; 
Cov  -  er    ray  de-fence-less   head 


1 

/^ 

• 

\j     1    )  fl 

■&M-T-+-\-\ 

-M-H— i— 

-^-n—4    - 

-j i 

-^•^Hrl-r: 

P      i  -  * 

u#— # — # — i — 

^ir*  ® — 

H9 

□               ■»■ 

-^i-H-Li 

Sav-ionr,  hide,       Till    the  storm    of 
thee    is    stayed,    All    my  help    from 


-A £r- 


=PS=F 


i A- 


life     be    past; 
thee     I    bring— 


±3L 


Safe 
Cov    - 

-<e- 

'&. — 


to  the  haven  guide; 
my  defenceless  head 

-A   A   A-A-& 


-k-k-k-k-£s- 


■fc^fc^^-^-^- 


ritard. 


i 


#-«- 


-B-*— * 


-aH*-.^ 


-*-y- 


S^H 


O  receive  my  soul  at  last. 
With  the  shadow  of  thy  wing. 


Safe  into  the   haven    guide; 
Cover  my  defenceless  head 


O  receive  my  soul  at  last. 
With  the  shadow  of  thy  wing 


O  receive       my 
With  the  shadow 


3*s3fc£ 


soul  at  last.     Safe      in 
of  thy  wing.  Cov  -   er 


to  the   haven  guide:  O  receive  my  soul  at  last. 
my  defenceless  head  With  the  shadow  of  thy  wing. 


IPP5L 


-I r- 


-A    A    A-A-A- 

-br-W-kr-k-fcs- 
-I — I 1 — I 1 — 

-v-fc'-v-b'i- 


-\ A   A  <m   I — F-r-ft^ 


1 


58 


II,  and  A.  S.  K. 


2E  YE  ALSO  READY. 


ALMNE  S.  KIEFFEK, 


|^ffil 


1.  Ready  when  the  dawn-ing 

2.  Ready  when  the  noon  -  tide 

3.  Ready  when  the    eve  -  ning 

-9-9-'-9-'-9-  -9- 


Comes  creeping  cold  and  gray,    And   we   waken    up    from  slumber 
Is    quiv-er  -  ing  with  heat,  And  there  stealeth  o'er  the    spir-  it 
Fills   lil-y     cups  with  dew,  And  the  last  bright  beam  of  day-light 


g-v— w— v- 


#-  fe 


1=4: 


■y 


To 
A 

Is 


•-»-   -0- 


-v—v- 


ttJ&rw 


£ 


-H- 


-N*-f-*- 

AHJt-^-fc- 


%—%-V,     ;-'— 


=1E=I 


■+■ 


-brk^t 


!=• 


?-?— I — w- 


P  i/    iS*    P 


Chobus. 


-Rr^ 


r-N— N 


^S=* 


-5=5- 


=N^ 


3=jHi=r±3±?^ 


3^»     A1 


greet      an-oth  -  er     day. 
Ian  -  guor  dream-  y,  sweet, 
lad   -   ing  from    our  view. 

ft       *  * 


Read-  y 


the  morning. 


Read-y         at        the  noon, 
-9-  -9-  •  -9-  '  -9- 


2L£_p — ?_ g — yz-'-w-^- 


i 


P- 


& 


Read-  y 


at 


9i 


-♦- 
-kfc- 


-9-   -9- 
the     e 
-9- 


^--p — p-y 


-A 

at 


* 


4 — v_»_^_i_^_i. 

ven  -  tide,      Christ      com  -   eth  soon. 


-0- 


-$-- 


I 


■  4  Ready  In  the  midnight 

A  vigil  still  to  keep; 
-     Tho'  the  wearied  eyes  by  watching 

Have  closed  themselves  in  sleep 

5  Blessed  be  that  servant, 

"What  time  the  Lord  returns, 

Who  in  faithful  trust  is  keeping 

A  lamp  that  brightly  burns. 


A.  S.  EISPF3E. 


BEAUTIFUL  HOME  ABOVE. 


B.  BLAEE. 


59 


I 


I 


is— N- 


-*— tv 


ft 


* 


tr-S--5 


-K-- v 


-h 


£z* 


-K-«- 


-+- 


^-  -%-  .     -1-  -^-  -^- 

the  soul,       Oh,  how     I 


■*"  -*i-  _«i" 

1.  Jn  the.    cit  -   y  of     God,  thathomeof     the  soul,  Oh,  how     I      long,      long    to      be    there 

2.  Thereare  man-sions  of    light  in    yon  -der  bright  land,  Mansions  for   you,       mansions  for     me; 

3.  There  are   an  -  gels  of    light  in    robes  of    pure  white,  Harp-ing  their  harps,    sing-ing     in     love; 

4.  Thereis      Je   -  sus  the  Lamb  who  purchased  my  soul,        Je  -  sua,  my  Lord,     fountain     of     love; 

&  *  h  r  f*  i    .  -k-                         r  r  f  i 


§*fe 


%-M 


ft-"*-* 


rl- 


-fi=?=?L 


-h 


-h 


-h 


^— pt_ |k. 


■bt—y—'ah 


-+ — i- 


A— *- 
+3 — hr- 


-i* 


#=£ 


Fine. 


•        •  -^-  -5-  !  ' — '         u  I 


i  friends    of     my    youth    long 
There  are    fount  -ains    of       love       my      lips  long   to    taste, 


gone    to  their  rest, 


Beau 

Flash 

There  are    proph  -  ets    and  priests    that    walk   in     the  light,  Beau 

There   I      trust     to       a   -   bide    while      a  -  ges  shall  roll,  Beau 

Jv      &         fN        ^       N 


ti  -  ful  home  a  -  bove. 

ing     so  pure  and   free, 

ti  -  ful  home  a  -  bove. 

tl  -  ful  home  a  -  bove. 


OF£=M=F^= ?=?— ^= r*=Pi *— A—  r*-* 

-y—ff — i* — </, Yj — h — h — i b-|~t — k — t 

L l_H k h bfc— *■ 


Chorus. 


V     V     V     r 

D.8.— beau  -  ti  -  ful    home. 


:t: 


-h— fc^ — v—V- 


beau 


ti  -  ful     home 


-y-fr 


§ 


b 


-V 


in  n  r> 


<"*> 


fcfc 


-rV-rV 


N       N      IN 


a  -  bove. 


i| 


-+- 


#— #- 


H 1- 


-Al    A     A    AH 


J: 


=t 


H-— t 


zftatiz* 


WJ 


r-*h 


-\-«— ♦— ♦" 


-^-  ■*■  -*|- 


t 


-*-*-*- 


«—«- 


■Ar-Ar- Ar-AH 


I'll  sing  of  that  home,  that  beautiful  home,  Beautl  -  ful  home,  beau-ti  -  fnl  home ;  I'll    sing  of  that  home,  that 

^         >^  -*.  -w-  h  ^  ^  i     ^         /-^  _«_ 

'   rf-^fcjl— tr-r£    .      .      a   ■  r-_ ~r i~ir-J-J J-rt-fr-*-*- 


so 


0  REDEEMED ! 


=fc=fe£ 


Arr.  fr»m  a  "  Spiritual." 
IN 


¥ 


-♦—■—i — — i—  — i-  — -fv- 
-i y-t-AH  - -ai 1 — 

I         u     i,^ 


-* ^-^-^N^ 


-*- 


re-deem'd!  re-   deem'd!     I'm  wash'd  in 
I'm  wash'd  in 


9 — 9 —   ■- 


±=^im^jF 


3~a ■■■" 


C 


-4- 


■9— *- 


> 


*— « 


the  blood  of 
the  blood  of 


the  Lamb! 
the  Lamb! 


-A- 
re-deem'd!   re - 


*—v 


v—v- 


9t 


Fine. 


deem'd!     I'm  wash'd  in    the  blood  of       the  Lamb! 


I'm  wash'd  in    the  blood  of       the  Lamb! 


1.  Lord,  I         am     thine,     en  -  tire  -  ly  thine, 

2.  With  full     con  -  Bent  thine  would  I  be, 

3.  Grant  one  poor       sin   -  ner  more    a  place, 

4.  A  wretch -ed       sin   -ner,  lost    to  Ciod, 


-■/--■/ 


-F-  -k- 


S=£ 


*-* n- 


wm 


3E 


$- 


-JS—V-N- 


-♦>—♦- 


A- 


-A- 


JN rV*i 


V:*; 


75.  C. 


-AH-A^ 


»-» 


AL-£— Ir-fAh 


-f- 


,  Purchas'd  and  saved  by  blood  di  -  vine, 
Wash'd  in  the  blood  of  the  Lamb,  J  A"d  own  thy  sov'reign  right  in     me. 

|   A-mong  the  chil-dren     of     thy  grace. 
'■But  ran-som'd  by     In-manuel's  blood. 


Wash'd  in  the  blood  of   the  Lamb. 


p  « 

A.  . 

-f-f-f-f^-fr^— r 

1          1 

t.  B.  IATTA. 


LIGHT  m  THE  VALLEY  .FOE  ME. 


E.  E,  VATHI3. 


61 


^: 


1.  When       to    the  earth      I     am    bid-   ding     a-dieu,    And       in     the  dis  -  tance  the     nies  -  sen  -  ger  see, 

2.  Je    -    sus,  who  suf  -  fer'd  and  died       for    ray  sake,  Then    "will    ray  stay      and  my    com-  fort  -  er    be; 

3.  Now         1      ara  los    -  ing   my  hold       up  -  on  earth,    Je   -    sus      is    ten  -  der  -  ly      set  -  ting  me  free; 


A-^-A-A — A— *-rA — M-^m-^—n 


-&- 


A^A-' 


>-=A-K 


-*-¥■ 


Bzb 


=E= 


E-jt±£t£ 


— w-fA 


Twill  not    be  darkness  my  soul  go-  eth  thro'.   There  will  be  light  for  me.    There  will  be  light  for       me, 
Heaven's  bright  dawn  on  my  vis-  ion  shall  break.There  willbe  light  forme. 

fcrlo-ry     is  breaking  and  heaven  has  birth,    There  will  be  light  for  me.  forme, 

I  •  -^  I'     -m-    I 

<-t-i^ — ! 1 1 — ! ■* — i — U 'J- — w-i — Is i- — i-j-t 1 — I — L 


1S3 


-A-^-IA-*— h 


-g-fr 


bt 


-b-^-i- 


>-A- 


U    P  ' 


r 


-v-?- 


-k*>»- 


-*-IA 


hr*- 


tr 


=t 


■w m-i-a- 


-*-* 


H- I— *^£s- 


:e=?j 


■^-551- 


-^-^i^-*-^-L-7S|-i l- 


There  will  be  light  for    me,  for  me,  When  thro'  the  vallev  of  death  I  shall  go,There  will  be  light  for  me. 

n       .  i  i  i  n 


ii^zBi 


zprzp: 


*  ?  J 


>— A-AA-A-w- 


-1 — — f — ! »— i 

-kk-'-AHA— i — y-- 


-A-A^w-A- 

-I /—  W-h- 


■!»-A-:~W-A-*-r-A 


Y — r- — it-, nr  — . — r- >  — 

I 1 bH 1 — I— J i£  1  I 


62 


BRING  THEM  TO  THE  FOLD. 


LIZZIE  UNDERWOOD, 


A=fc: 


i:i3z*(: 


i — s v — ly— i r~  r — 3>— ' — ^ — I hi — e P> — N— i- 


J.  B.  VAUGHN,    by  per 

-A — v— r 
=N-+ 


1.  Je  -  sus  loves   the  chil-riren, Bring  them  to    theMas-ter;  To    the  ten-  der  Shepherd, Lead  them  to  his  fold  ; 

2.  Je  -  sus  loves  the  children, And      he  died  to  save  them  ;  Heed  his  lov  -ing  mes-sage,  .Suf-  /er  them,  to  come; 


*»&►- 


H 1 *- 

-14- -14 — &.- 


-g-  -a- 


A — -Ar-y^-i — ii.— J4-  -&~—  4-1-1- P-F — F-i I— 


^$*i£- 


>-*- 


-'4— *— 14- 


^v-g-i-— h- 


M-U 


^--V-, _i>_A_FL-N~l- 


-0.-0-0- 

■^---♦— I 1 — I — 0- 

Fine. 


^±fij^it;2-?-^tii^=i.T-i-iziIi 


:^-*- 


K-d-r~^-H- 


Let    him  bless  the  chil-dren.Ilrins  them, parents.icachers. For    the  Saviour's  blessing   As     in  days    of  old. 
Teach  them  love  their  Saviour  While  their  youth  i.spassing,Gath- er     in     the  children    To  their  sabbath  home. 


£V-  —  i& 

21-trt 


-©-  •  -f*-  -0- 


&-  -&-'    0- 


& — 14 — 14— 'A 
— g-^-p-| 1— 


— 4-r-4J-irr94-l4---14— 4 — Lk — 1 1 ! 1 £— 


1?  £~  i/ 


:t 


*— F- 

gv— g-i — i-- 


D.S.— Gath  -  er     in     the  chil-drcn.Hap  -  py   lit  -  tie  children :  Gath- er    in     the  children,Bring  them  to  the  fold. 


H 


Chorus, 


-f-^-S 


i>.S. 


--^F^^^=q=Px^gT-^J=^::^::F^-:^=iZt- 


£  i  ^ 

Gath-er     in    the  chil-dren,The    hap  -  py  lit  -  tie  chil-dren, Gath- er     in     the  children.Bring  them  to  the  fold; 
PJf 14***4-14-^4— 14— 14— 14-  -4—14—4—14—4—4 — 4?tfBAH4---4— 4— 14- 


S=£ 


-V— h 


-?— ?i 


..-— e£ 


-te 


zVz^zztzzticfczzze!: 


H4- 


r 


S.  O'MALEY  CLTJFF. 


I  AM  PRAYING  FOR  YC3. 


S 


ft 


ISA  D.  BANKET.      63 


;=^= 


± 


^ — i — i- 


■a- 


^ 


r 


-At- 


-©I- 


-2r- 


-AH-*- 


-AH-  M- 


-ei- 

-£sH 


«HAI- 


xfc 


I  have  a 

I  have  a 

I  have  a 

I  have  a 


-*- 


■**- 


-** 


■^T^-1- 


I 


Saviour,  He's  plead-  ing  in    glo  -   ry,  A    dear,  lov-ing  Sav-iour,  tho'  earth-friends  be  few ;  And 
Fa-  ther:  to    me       He  has  giv  -  en    A    nope  for    e-  ter  -  ni  -   ty,    bless-ed  and  true;   And 
robe : 'tis  re  -  splen- dent  in  whiteness,  A  -  wait- ing   in     glo-  ry  my    won- der-ing  view;   Oh, 
peace:  it    is    calm       as   a    riv-  er—  A  peace  that  the  friends  of  this  world  never  knew;  My 


5.  When  Je  -  sus    has  found  you,  tell  oth-ers  the  story.  That  my    lov-  ing  Sav-  iour  is     your  Saviour,  too ;  Then 


now  He 
soon  will 
when  I 
Sav-  iour 
pray  that  your  Sav  -  iour  may  bring  them,  to      glo 


is      watching 
He     call  me 
re  -  ceive    it, 
a  -    lone 


in  ten  -  der-  ness  o'er  me,  And  oh,  that  my  Sav-iour  were  your  Saviour,  too ! 
to  meet  Him  in  heav-en,  But  oh,  that  He'd  let  me  bring  you  with  me,  too! 
all  shin  -  ing  in  brightness,  Dear  friend,  could  I  see  you  re  -  ceiv-  ing  one,  too! 
its  Au  -  thor  and  Giv-  er,    And  oh,  could  I    know   it   was     giv  -  en    to  you! 


*=£r^ 


-A -A— A- 


-» — W- 


-&- 


FA=A~ 


ry ,  And  prayer  will  be  answered,  'twas  answered  for  you ! 


-a-p- 


-19- 


-9—9- 

-H 


i 


-£- 


r 


-A- 


■&- 


r 


-K->- 


1 


-ft 


Chorus. 


P 


¥ 


-& — A— A- 


& AH- AH 


+-U-4 


*\pp 


-1 — I — h- 

rail. 


/T\   s?\ 


-ei — «- 


-a — AH^Ah 


IF 


:IS 


For  you 


am    praying,  For 


^=?c 


fc 


you 

-fa- 


:I= 


I    am    pray -ing.  For  you  I 


-AH- AH 


b£j£ 


—i — i- 


S 


3^~*     "    .-p=r       -1—1-    ^> 

praying,  I'm  pray-  ing  for   you. 

/7S 


EH 


-|*-r*- 


B- 


^L 


6 


»*=H- 


-A- 


-H 


-H 


-»-r*- 


=rV 


By  permission  of  BIGLOW  Ss  MAi: 


f 


■6>- 


-19- 


1  '  i    '  r 


-I H- 


64 


^S*  I  N  D  E  X.*S^ 


PACK. 

Abide  with  me 9 

A  homo  over  Jordan 8 

All  around  the  world 36 

A  pilgrim  song 24 

Around  the  Saviour's  lofty  throne. 18 

At  the  beautiful  gate 44 

Beautiful  home  nbove 59 

Be  ye  also  ready 58 

Bring  them  to  the  fold 62 

Burton 33 

Children  of  Zion 10 

Come  to  the  fountain 47 

Daran 35 

Drinking  at  the  fountain 51 

Enough  for  me 12 

Ever  will  I  pray 21 

Ely  as  the  doves  to  their  windows 6 

Georgia 5 

Gibson 14 

Glory  be  to  the  Father 32 

Go  and  tell  Jesus 50 

Golden  harps  are  sounding 20 

Happy  gathering  home 43 

Happy  Zion 3 

Have  you  heard  the  good  news 26 

He  will  receive  me 38 

Hosanna 45 

I  am  going  home  in  the  morning 25 

I  am  praying  for  you 63 

I  am.  with  Thee  every  hour 39 


PAGE. 

I'll  be  there 11 

In  the  King's  highway 55 

I'm  redeemed 30 

Jesus,  Lover  of  my  soul 56 

Light  in  the  valley  for  me 61 

Meet  me  at  the  King's  right  hand 42 

Music  over  yonder 48 

My  Friend 17 

My  Redeemer  lives 40 

Not  always 54 

Oh,  how  sweet 28 

Oh,  sweet  Sabbath  morning 4 

O  redeemed 60 

Over  there 16 

Pray  for  your  boy  to-night 49 

Sacred  stream 41 

Singing  glory  hallelujah 13 

Sweet  friendship 15 

The  brighter  shore 19 

The  evergreen  mountains  of  life 22 

There's  a  light  in  the  harbor 46 

The  Jasper  Sea 52 

To  be  there 34 

Tribute 23 

Welcome  to  glory 7 

We're  going  home  by  and  by 53 

What  a  gathering  that  will  be 31 

Whiter  than  sjiow 37 

Yes,  there's  room ...^ 29 


ZION  SONGSTER  NO.  2. 


^•TH  &¥ 


£+ 


iSDITSD     BYh- 


^ALDINE    S.    KIEFFER.3N- 


And  the  ransomed  of  the  Lord    shall  return  and   come  to  Zion  -with  songs 
and  everlasting  joy  upon  their   heads. Ibaiah, 


PUBLISHED  BY 

RUEBUSH,    KIEFFER    &    CO. 

Dayton  (Rockingham  Co.),  Virginia, 

J.  If.  ARMSTRpNQ  &  CO.,  Wusio  Tjpogmptie™,  Philadelphia. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1887,  by 

ALD1NE  S.  KIFFFER. 

In  the  Office  of  tlte  Librarian- of  Congress,  at  Washington,  D.  C. 


THg  J.  II.  ARMSTRONG  COMPAXT. 

Music  TrroeKAPHEBs, 

TIO  Sanwm  Stre«t,  Pbtltdelphla.Fa.- 


Zion  Songster. 

No.  2. 


-Sssssg£3sss@- 


ZIOWAED. 


a,  s.  2ieffss, 

Fine. 


i 


3± 


-e- 


^ 


^*-a- 


41      it 


i^4- 


=?SZi_ 


,    f  Chris  -  Hans,  I         am 
*-  I      I     would  tell      the 


on        my  jour  -  ney,- 
won  -  drous  sto    -    ry, 


■+- 


t 


Ere        I   reach     the 
What     the  Lord     has 

■P-      -P-   -©- 


nar 
done 


row    sea,  > 
for     me,  f 

-^ (^ 


a 


-H 


^ 


-H 


-+- 


7SL 


t4± 


i 


D.C. — I         am    on 

Chorus. 
i       i 


my 


way 


to     Zi    -    on, 


I'm 


pil  -  grim 


ing  home. 


D.C. 


521 


*=* 


^=^ 


£ 


Glo 


^ 


glo 
iS>- 


hal 


le 


^f- 


lu 
-<9- 


jah!    Though      a    stran  -  ger      here 


fcfck 


I    roani; 


-&- 


21 


-&- 


-I&- 


± 


2  I  was  lost,  but  Jesus  found  me, 

Taught  my  heart  to  seek  his  face; 
From  a  wild  and  lonely  desert, 
Brought  me  to  his  fold  of  grace. 

3  Now  my  soul  with  rapture  glowing 

Sings  aloud  his  pard'ning  love, 


Looks  beyond  a  world  of  sorrow 
To  the  pilgrim's  home  above. 

4  I  shall  yet  behold  my  Saviour 
When  the  day  of  life  is  o'er, 
I  shall  cast  my  crowns  before  him, 
I  shall  praise  him  evermore. 


(3) 


0.  B.  F. 


THE  WONDROUS  SIOET. 


J.  B.  BABBOwTJ. 


1.  O!  howwondroos-rs'    the-     sto-  ryf 

2.  ()!  what  love  is  here-   a.  -  IhwmT- img  f 

3.  Who  will  slight  his  ten-der    plead- rug  ? 


g-fe 


1/  v 

How  the  matchless  Son  of     God 
How    it     human  love  transcends  r 
Who  re  -  sist  such  melting    love? 


Left    hjs  home  of  heav'nly 

Je  -  sus  dies   to  bring  hi* 

Come    ae  -  eept  liis  tree  and 


fclfe 


-A-i-i*— y— t7-r- 


£= 


la  '  |A— ja-ai  »   A  t  A  •       i  A  '  M  ^   *  I 


glo  -  ryT  and  for  us  He  in  •  ter- posed  Jus  pre  -  cious  blood.  "V 
en  -  e  -  mies  to  God,  To  re  -  con  -  cile  and  make  us  friends.  - 
full    sal  -  va- tion  now,  And  then  we'll  reign     with   him       a    -    bove.    > 


Gto  -   ry,    glo  -  17,     hal  -  le- 
Glo  -   ry,    gk)  -  ry,    hal  -  le- 

^  .    pw     ^      N     !S     ,S 


And  now    he  pleads  be-  fore  the 


HA- 


EEEE 


^— y— fg   *   r»- 


V— *— k- 


*=fc£=t: 


-i*.  v 


By  permission  of  Biglow  &  Maijj. 


V    v 


SHE  WONDROUS  STORY.    Concluded. 

he  pleads  tie  -  tone   his     Fa-  ther's  threoe  aJbove* 


He  pleads  be  -  fore  his     Fa- ther's  throne-above,  Aud    In  -  ter  -  -cedes     for 
5ie     pleads, he  pleads   be -fore  the  throne, 

^N     .-y --M     _      ^  K     ^ 


£ 


rf 


A3 li 


i*-r- 


I 


you 


£ 


I 


S 


>      3»I     <# 


1/    U    V     5^ — ^ — *^ 

His     Father's  throne  a  -  hove, 

LITTLE  ONES  LIKE  TO. 


f- 


f 


throne* 


Siowty. 


I 


feSE 


.Mr.  iy  TO!,  B.  ELAEE. 


$ 


S 


3d 


-v 


I 


* 


TT-J-f" 


^-¥; 


-W — lM- 


£5 


5 


=* 


1.      Je  -  sus,  when  he    5etl 
£.    Moth-eis  then  the   Say 


the  sky, 
lour  sought 


And 

In 


for 

the 


E« 


8iu  -  ners 
pla  -  ces 

02 


came      to    die,        In        his   mer  -   cy 
where     he  taught,   And      to    him     Jtlieir 


-ii 


i 


s 


±=w 


B 


aaass 


wm 


£ 


-»^r- 


-P 


1 


** 


3=* 


_^. 


passed   not     by  Lit 

ehil  -  dren  brought—      Lit 


tie  ones     Tike 
tie  ones     likp 


me. 
me. 


iSl 


£ 


£ 


f-H^ 


H 


3  Did  the  Savioursny  fhem  nay? 
No,  ha  kindly  bade  them  stay; 
Suffered  none  to  turn  away 

Little  ones  like  me. 

4  Children,  -fiien,  should  love  him  too, 
Strive  his  holy  will  to  do, 

Pray  to  him,  and  praise  him  too — 
Little  ones  like  me 


I.  It.  EAVIS. 


TEE  HEALING  FLOOD. 


— 4.---T— N 


-*- 


1    ^  -~ g-ryrj-r 


i    r>   ^  i 


.A.  E.  nXTTO. 
ft 


-«-s 


H- 


"»~er 


T-j.1!  4.   4.- 

^     A  A      TT» 

1.  To     the  Fount  of    Cleans  -  inR     I        have  been.      Been  wash'd     in        the  blood      of        the      Lamb 

2.  1     hare  found  the    peace      the    ran  -  som'd  know,    Been  wash'd     in        the  blood      of        the      Lamb 

3.  I      have  found  the     balm       for    my      sick    soul.      Been  wash'd     in        the  blood      of        the      Lamb 


II 


I      am  eleaDs'd  with  -  out       and  cleans'd  with-  to, 
I       en  -  joy        the     lore      He   doth       be  -  stow. 
To     the     ut    -    ter  -  most       1      am     made   whole. 


Been  wash'd  in 
Been  wash'd  in 
Been  wash'd    in 


the  blood  of  the  Lamb! 
the  blood  of  the  Lamb! 
the  blood     of        the  Lamb! 


IS 


precious  blood  that  wash-es  white  as     snow!     See    the  crini-  son  tide  from  Cal-r'rj's  mountain 
A   •   A ft   •   ft A'        A1 s ft'        &   •         A   »  A -y   «_!y ^_ •  ^ .^ ^ A ^_ 


l>   V  v   V 


-V-+ 


ttt.  •  I 
-v — /- 


-0—0 


-9   i"    2   * 


TEE  HEALING  FLOOD.    Concluded. 


6= 


-j  i    p 

*  I  g  1  2 


ftzl^^^jv^r 


±=t 


Tis     a      heal  -  ing  flood 
A      -^ 


33 


i , 


-£f 


of  pie  -  clons  blood,    It      wash  -  es,   yes,     It    wash  -  es  white    as    snow. 

J  A.       A       A         1-      -F-    -?-    -P-    1»-    J*-    1»- 


I 


£ 


fe^E 


fe 


3_ 


-9»- 


a 


+ 


rr 


>^- 


-A-4- 


-u- 


v   u   u   w-b^-i^ 


A  SINNER  LIZE  ME. 


i 


feE 


:£=£=£ 


-n=s 


*-£ 


C.  I.  BOTLZB. 


m 


«l   ♦!. 


-^= 


3-V-  -V- 


4  J    I 


s^ 


"•"T" 


-*-JP 


I  once  was     a  -  way    from  the    Sav  -  lour, 

I  wan-der'4    a  -  way       In     the  dark  -  ness, 

I  then   fill  -  ly    trust  -  ed      in      Je    -    sus, 

No  Ion  -  ger    in    dark  -  ness  I'm  walk  -  ing, 

•  -      _k b N  A        . A A  A  »  A 


And    as     Tile        as       a     sin  -  ner    could  be. 

Not     a      ray        of     true  light  could     I  see, 

And  then    oh,  what     a     joy   came     to  me ; 

For   the   light       is     now  shin  -  ing      on  me. 


=££ 


wm 


g» 


H  c  4-f  i 


-+- 


ii — h 


Ft 

s 


i 


fe 


ft     f*     is     fN     Is 


v  b 


J-vl  J,  {.  i 


h  i  s.  j 


^ 


a 


ft- 3  3  a  l* 


tiitt 


t+ 


*  •  *•* 


I  won  -  der'd    if  Christ,  the    Ee  -  deem  -  er,  Could  save 

The    thought  filled  my  poor  heart  with  sad  -  ness.        No    hope 

My       heart       o  -  yer-now'd  with  his    prais  -  es.  For    say   - 
And     now      un  -  to    oth  -  ers   I'm    tell  -  ing.         He   sav'd 


a  poor  sin  -  ner 
for  a  sin  -  ner 
ing  a  sin  -  ner 
a     poor  sin  -  ner 


like  me. 

like  me. 

like  me. 

like  me. 


M 


r*      ~ 


i 


§&& 


v- 


£ 


-y- 


£ 


t 


ist^t 


¥—¥- 


W 


Copyright  by  J.  J.  Hood.    Used  by  permission. 


8        I.  T.  B. 


Moderate 


THE  BEAUTIFUL  SHORE. 


WO.  I.  BALL. 


tiave  /mi  not  heard  of  a    bean-  ti.-ful  shore.  Where tirGeceasesnever,andnightcQim3sno>more? 

2.  That  beau-ti  -  ful  home  is  for    you  and  for  me, There's  bliss  in  its  mansions.its  walls    I      can  see,. 

3.  Haw  sweet  it     will    be      on  that  beau-ti-  fulshore,Wheresorrowan<lpartingshall  meetus    no  more? 
i.  O         yes,     I   have- heard  of  that  beau--  ti--  fulshore.Wberetimeeeasesnever.a-ndnightcomes  nomore; 


k  /  i/ 

There  joy,  sweet-ly   reign-rng,  we'ir  ev  -  er     be  blest, 

There    Je-- sua     of    Naz  -  a  -  reth  we    can     be- bold, 

"With  songs  and  with  honors,"  we'll  march  to  that  land, 

There   Je  -  sus-    is.  reigmr  fng^we'K  ev  -  er      be  blest, 


Wl 


here  pilgrims  may  dwell  in  that  home-land  of  rest. 

The  King  of     all  kingd©ms,we'l'l  eometo-  histoid. 

To     meet  the  dear  loved  ones,that  glo  -  ri-nedbancl 

We'll'sev-er    no'  more  in  that  sweet  landofrest- 


That  beau 
That  beau-  ti 


ti  -  Sai     shore,   -.    .    . 
shore,       that  beau  -  ti  -  ful 


shore, 


the     home    .    -  .    of, 
The  home  of  the  blest, 


/   ?    V 
the      West,    .    .    .     . 
the  homeof  theblest,, 


m& 


THE  BEAUTIFUL  SHORE.    Concluded. 

n,  rv   in    h    h    ^    fN 


a 


^^A 


•AH-5- 


~V n  I 

7*1 — **-AF 


1/1/ 


-*h 


>_^ 


Vr- 


-VI VI J- 

i i ■ 


-Vi-I-A 


:£z:£ 


We'll      sev       -  er     no      more, 

We'll     sev  -  er     no     more,      we'll  sev  -  er     no  more, 


'•    V 

In    that  beau  -  ti  -  ful 


-*r- 


land    of  sweet  rest. 


*=e=e 


*-*—?- 


g  ^  ^ if  •  ?  ■- 


2S 


H^ 


?=^=^^i: 


±z 


V-V— 1/- 


>— ^— h   t   ^—K- 


y    y    y    y    ]/    V    y    V    U  -    y    U    U 


A.  S.  Z. 


THE  EDEN  OF  LOVE. 

-N-Nr  i         N    ^     , 


-Al *t- 


-*h 


-*       «1      <!- 


fc^" 


A.  S.  ZIEFFE2. 


^^H 


=*£= 


1.  Oh,  when  shall     I  dwell       in    my    Fa-ther's  bright  home, From  sor  -  row  and    sin       ev  -  er      free, 

2.  Oh,    fair      are    the  halls       in    that   pal  -    ace     of    song,   Andsweet-ly     the   ran  -  som'dones  sing, 

3.  There  safe    shall    I      rest  when  life's  jour  -  ney     is    o'er,    And  sing    with  the  loved   ones    a  -  bove, 


With  fair,    shiu-  ing    an    -   eels    for-  ev    -    er      to   roam,  And  my  bless    -  ed     Re-deem 
As      a    -    ges     of   bliss   flood  their  bright  tide    a- long       In  that  home     of     the   Sav  - 
There  dwell  with  my  Sav  -  iour  and  friends  ev  -  er-more      In  that  sweet,    hap  -  py     E    - 


lour, 
den 


to    see? 

our  King. 

of    love. 


m 


& 


-i — 


-*- 


v- 


v- 


-b — b — !*- 


^-^— *- 


h    r\ 


£= 


-v- 


g£E 


10 


H.  11.  IIILLEB. 

Marcato. 


WHY  NOT  NOW? 


:.  T.  HALL. 


% 


A: 


i 


Azs: 


f- 


* 


1.  Heark  -  en         to       the       Sav  -  lour's  voice,  Call 

2.  Friends  and    loved  ones       of        the     Lord,  Call 


cept 


ing  now 
ing     ev   - 


Sav  -  iour's  love.Come       and  take 


to 
'ry 


« 


4^ 


-a- 


-<&- 


all. 
one, 


-&-. 


Pin    -    ner,  make    him 

Come     and      sing     the 

Fix      your  thoughts  on 


H&- 


1 — b-r 


S 


*=&=3l 


L 


now  your  choice,  Hear, 
sweet  -  est  song.  Come, 
things      a  -   bove,       Sin    - 


■  I 

O    hear    him      call! 
O      sin  -    ner,  come! 
ner,  why     not     now  ? 


-i0- 


-0- 


"Vi'hy      not    serve     the 

Why      not    serve     him 

He      will      give     you 

-ff-     -0-     -0-      -9- 

— I 1 i 1 


Lord       in     youth, 

while  you      can, 

all  sweet    rest, 

-*-  -0-      -€h 


i± 


"£- 


3J      g" 


■a-f-sr 


:*=£- 


V     I 


m 


And  be  -  fore  him  bow? 
Come  and  make  your  vow? 
Come    to    him  just      now, 


=£ 


¥    *    *    ¥ 


Whv  not  serve  him    now    in  truth.    Sin    -  ner,  why     not      now? 

Whv  do    you     so  i    -  die  stand?  Sin   -  ner,  why     not      now? 

Come,  poor  "sin-  ner,     and    be   blest,    Sin   -  ner.  why     not      now? 


-♦- 

-A- 


-£■- 

-A- 


-I 1 1 1" 


£ 


c,  b.  a. 


CLOSE  TO  JESUS, 


i 


S 


*4 


CEAS.  E.  IA33IE1. 


II 


=s==. 


4= 


4  a1    J .  a1   a1    a!  |-pr- 


^tst 


-A-* 


1.  Close  to  the  side  of  Je 

2.  Close  to  the  side  of  Je 

3.  Close  to  the  side  of  Je 
Chorus.— Close  to  the  side  of  Je 


sus.—  Safe       in      his  love     and  care;  Hap  -    py 

bus, —  Striv  -  ing     to  do        his  will ;  Try   -  ing 

sus,—    All      thro'  the  jour  -  ney  lone;  Bun  -  shi 

sus, —  Safe      in      his  love     and  care;  Hap  •  py 


the 


soul    from 
serve   him 
cloud    he 
soul    from 


►—*- 


-&-'  -*-      -0-. 


gjgj 


*=* 


s^fe=e 


A     A 


s 


r*  •'     fr 


Et 


i 


zszt: 


Fine. 


If 


E 


31= 


-*- 


9 


dan 
bet 
o'er 
dan     - 


i< 


ger, 
ter, 
me, 
ger. 


Peace  -  ful  • 
Claim-  ing 
Him     will 
Peace  -  ful  • 


ly    rest  -  ing 
his  prom  -  ise 
I    trust      a   - 
ly    rest  -  ing 


ST" 


^- 


-e- ' 

there, 
still; 
lone; 
there. 


fi^r 


*m 


-e- 


Trust- ing  a  -  lone  his  mer  -  cy. 
What  tho'  the  way  be  lone  -  ly, 
Then,  when    the  waves    of        Jor    -    dan 


m 


:ft 


At 


§± 


-A-A- 


£ 


-K 


'P         P'      E       P 


-f-T 


f 


X. 


v   v 


W- 


±?=ff 


is^: 


-H- 


^ 


I  I  _ 

Lean-ing  up- on    his  breast, 

Dan-gers  around  me  fall. 

Roll   at  my  trembling  feet, 


2-1  ±JLM 


3f 


^         1    .    a|\ 


D.  C.  for  Chokus. 
f- 


ih.-fHfc- 


Here  will        I  dwell  for  -  ev    . 

Je  -  sus        a  -  lone  can  save 

With  him       a  -  lone  to    guide 


r^^ 


er,     Here  will    I  make  my      rest. 
me,      On    him    I    cast    my      all. 
me,      Triumph  will  be    com  -  plete. 


-+- 


£a= 


£ 


=P=P= 


^ 


£ 


fcfc^ 


-&~=&- 


-U    C   I      i 


ff 


12 


Miss  ADA  SII2T. 


EASTSB  LILIES. 


W.  3.  MAETIH.  by  in. 


*: 


1.  East  -  er      lil    -    les,    fair 

2.  Je    -    bus  loved     the     lil 

3.  As        theflow'ra  from  win  ■ 

4.  Like     the    lil    -     ies    are 

5.  Some  are    on    -     ly      lit    ■ 


and  sweet,  Bring  them  wet    with 
ies     fair,    Think    of    them,  said 
ter's  death,    In       the  spring-time 
our    lives,    Op  -  'ning  one       by 
tie     buds,  Where-  so  -  e'er     they 


:&: 


W 


i 


E 


i 


dew 

he: 

bloom, 
one; 
be, 


-*-    ~*r 


To  the  bless-ed  Saviour's  feet, 
'Tho'  they  nei-ther    toil  nor  spin," 

So  our  Sav-iour  lives  on  high, 
Some   are  ful  -  ly       o  -  pen  now, 

Je   -   sus,  take  them  as  thine  own, 


£ 


zp£M2 


^ 


f^ 


iis 


£=£ 


5 


^=M: 


E 


1 


-«- 


i^ 


Choecs. 


P 


He 
What 

Vie  - 
Some 
May 


> 


-* — *f- 


who    died    for 
can     fair  -   er 
tor      o'er     the 
have  just      be    - 
they  bloom  for 

N 


YOuT 

be? 
tomb. 
•    gun. 
thee. 


—IF 


-9- 


$ 


May      we   like      the 


ies       be, 


1 


-H- 


and 


ly. 


-^ 


^ 


£ 


^ 


^ 


* 


-f^- 


^ 


*sE 


M*— f 


-»3 


i 


i 


s 


5^- 


^ 


*r^ 


-«!-   -Al-      -41- 
P 


just      like  thee;     From    all     sin      may    we 


I 

■f—H 


^^£ 


> 


v- 


be    free, 


Je 


bless 


ed         Je 


-h 


i 

sus. 

J 


5 


ii§ 


JOSEPHINE  POLLABD. 


TELL  US  SOMETHING  MOKE, 


4- 


B.  EOEEETS,  ty  psr. 


13 


=± 


^ 


a wr 

■^ a. 


-#" 


1.  Tell   us  something  more  of     the    love 

2.  Tell    us  somethingmore  of     the     Cru 

3.  Tell    us  something  more  of     the     Ho 


iy 


Je 
fix 
Cit 


sust    Chris  -  tian, 
ion,     Tell       us 
y.      Where  they 


-A-*>- 


:^=£ 


tell       us 

how      he 

strewed  the 

A        f- 


some 

bled 

way 


tiling 
and 
with 


more ; 
died; 
palms ; 


-19- 


?-^n>rr^  I4  r  p 


V     V    V     V 


V    V 


CHOEl'S. 


Tell    us  how    he  suf- fer'd  death  for    sin- ners,  Tell    us      of     the    cross  he  bore.) 
Tell    us    of     thebloodthat  ev  -  er  cleans-es.    Flow-ing  from  his  wounded   side.  > Tell 
Tell    us  how    he  gath-er'd     lit  -  tie    chil-dren     In  -  to      his  most  lov  -  ing  arms.  J 


Ch 


-A— A- 


A-A- 


i 


-i- 


i 


£ 


ris  -  tian, 
A 


^ 


-_A 


-k— K- 


i 


i  i  ^ 


r^w 


U»     V   W    V 


T 


tell    us,    Tell      us  something  more ;        Tell     us,      Chris  -  tian,       tell    us.     Tell    us  somethingmore. 


1S± 


**& 


m 


-f-f 


-a- 


f 


-y- 


-^.•-. 


f 


i 


14 


P.  P.  ELISS. 


2ACGHEUS 


i.  a.  uzrrzB. 


^a 


W 


*k 


± 


— i- 


-*— ►- 


=i=F 


t 


& 


=^ 


go; 
see; 
see; 


! 


-ai- 


-Ar- 


1.  Thro'    the     crowd-  ed     streeta  of 

2.  In       the    branch  -  es          of  a 
S.  Like       an        ear  -  nest       lit     -  tie 

-A- 


-*j — At- 


^ 


Jer  -  i  -  cho,  see  The  ho  -  ly  Naz  -  a  -  rene 
syc  -  a -more  tree,  The  joy  -  ful  pub-li-  can 
Zac-che-us,        I,    Would     fain      the     ho  -  ly     One 


*ttr-4     'a   •  'a- 


-t 


>- 


-fa; fc; C- 


£" 


£ 


^ 


v-^t- 


£ 


*—fL 


£ 


-cqc 


V— >*— **- 


^ 


^czs: 


£ 


I 


-» — ©- 


_a b_ 


=^=£ 


>— N— *- 


-* — a- 


-V~\r 


-&—¥' 


Th  •  h    y- 


9 


Hear    the    shout      of     praise  from  the    hap  -  py  ones    there,  "Who  his    heal  -   ing    vir  -  tues  know. 

Hear    the      Mas  -  ter's    voice,  say- ing,  "  Zac-  che  -  us,    come.    For      I     must       a  -  bide     with  thee." 

I    would  haste    with     joy  at     the  bless- ed    com- mand, "For     I     must       a- bide     with  thee." 

-A-  -A-   -A-    -A-   -A- 


± 


^t- 


iA  r  ^  p  ■> » — » —  ^ 


i 


§3*ES 


-hs 


t^— W- 


fc=£ 


Chorus. 


-A- 


^Sfr 


-61- 


-d— #- 


H^_^ 


-* 


3 


Praise 


ye       the  Lord, 


his 


fc^= 


mer 

-A- 


show, 


Ev  -  er      in     his  love 


con   -    fide; 


$=M 


I 


-Is— s-^ 


*=^ 


-I h 


i?— t^^— fc^ 


t= 


1- 


ZACCHEUS.    Conclude! 


i 


«F* 


££££ 


¥ 


i^t 


* 


'mi — TT 

-41 — 4 — M- 


:s 


-M- 


-M- 


-£t- 


bide. 


than     we    ask        will 


be 


be   -    stow,       Will-  ing  -  ly    witb  us 

♦         £  *■  *   * 


££=£ 


I 


Si 


^ 


£ 


=£*= 


CLIFTON. 


i 


^  o   d 


Sniaowii. 


s&# 


s 


i^f 


^F 


JL 


^-7 


-« 


■v-^i- 


* 


.  -+- 


1.  There     is  a  Land,     a     hap  -  py   land.Wheretearsarewipeda    -  way         From  ev  -  'ry    eye     by 

2.  There     is  a  Home,     a     hap-  py  home,  Where  wayworn  trav'lers  rest,       Where  toil    and  lan-guor 

3.  There     is  a    Port,      a    peace  -  ful   port,    A      safe   and   qui  -  et  shore,  Where  wea  -  ry    ma  -  rin  - 

4.  There     is  a  Clime,     a       glo- rious  clime,  A        re  -  gion  fair   and  calm,    Where    all      a- round  are 

5.  That    land  be  mine,  that  calm     re  -  treat,That  crown  of    glo-ry  bright;    Then   I'll    es-teemeaeh 


f*!S*l 


I 


Q3E 


£ 


-a — a- 


m 


£i- 


-*-   -i©- 


S- 


f- 


m 


m 


-m- 


-e- 


? 


■sh 


A- 


God's 
nev  - 
•  ers 
scenes 
bit  - 
-&■ 


own  hand,  And  night     is  turned     to 

er    eome.And        ev   -   'ry  mourn-  er's 

re  -  sort  When  life's  rough  voyage  is 
sub- lime,  And  all  the  air  is 
ter  sweet,  And       ev  -    'ry    bur  -  den     light,      And 


I 

day, 
blest, 

o'er, 
balm. 


And 
And 
When 
And 


I        -9-    I 
night      is  turned    to 

ev   -   'ry  mourn-er's 
life's  rough  voyage  is 

all       the    air        is 

ev  -   'ry    bur  -  den 


m 


-W—P- 


^m 


m 


? 


-P- 


S 


day. 

blest 

o'er. 

balm 

light^ 


iS 


16 


A.  9.  EIEfFEE. 


SAY.  ARE  YOU  READY? 


Bav.  W.  H.  SAMSELL. 


I=V 


R 


3tJ=* 


£- 


S 


^F 


fr-M*- 


/v\ 


a  •  a 


VU 


♦;         »         ♦, 


-•I — sr-»-T-' 


S 


1.  Should  the  Death-An  -  gel 

2.  Ma    -    ny    sad    spir-its 

3.  Ma    -    ny     redeera'dones 


f- 


knoclc     at  thy  chamber 

now     are  de  -  part-ing 

now      are  as-cend-  ing 

-P-  •  JB_  _p_    _p_    _p_. 


In  the  still  watch  of  to 
In  -  to  the  world  of  de 
In    -    to     the  mansions    of 


night, 
spair; 
light; 


£ 


:£^K 


^== 


r=^ — 9  ft    \J & — b* 


9~H  V      V- 


Z\ 


A±s: 


v— V 


V 


r-' A—1 


t 


g— £— fc*- 


* 


"ar'~y~ 


S     N 


N    N    N 


_^_i_ 


-S 


Say,     will  your  spir  -  it 
Ev    -   'ry    brief  moment 
Je    -    sus       is  plcad-ing 

9    •  -&-    -0-     &-    ■#-■ 


-f- 


_f_-f 


pass       in  -  to     tor-ment, 
brings  your  doom  nearer, 
high       up    in      glo  -  ry, 

-P-   •  -P-    -P-    -P-    P-* 


Or  to  the  lanrf  of  de  -  light? 
Sin  -  ner,  0  sin-ner,  be  -  ware! 
Seek  -  ing     to    save  you    to    •    night. 


is 


^ 


^E^feS 


■±-jtzM-_£ 


A    *    Ifc- 


"g 


S 


zzzzi^ 


T~jr 


P     i/     ^     ^     • 


fi 

Eefi 

IAIN. 

N 

\ — -1 

J 

_p  _l    ■    J 

P       C     P     K     P 

IS,            S,        IS.        N        |"V,      j  " 

>L  b     * 

•  «    3    ■,    « •  «7 

N     1     Jf>         v 

*>  •  «i 

^H 

rm  " 

«  •  *     *     i     «  •  7 

ny      a  ■ 

A'     •     A1        A        A        A  • 

Z     .     Z       Z        Z        A1     ^A1 

J.J        I 

»/ 

Say,      are    you  read  -  y, 

O        are    yon  read  -  y,                If      the  Death-An  -  gel  should    call? 

-•-  •  -p-  -p-  -P-  -#-•       -p- • -p-  -p-  -p-    .    -P-    -P---P- 

R: 

s  •  t  1  2  it  • 

A    '    U — j* — U — »  *  ^ 

-1 — 

— 1 — 1 — *— p- 

1           .  1 

tM- 

p      n    r     n    n    *f 

■^ — fi  r  a  *  •? 

•  . 

*     p     P     ]■     !/ 

""■  -IP- 

-?-i 

'      W        *      V      V      V 

k       V     W     V     s 

y         i      1^' 

r~- — t 

p" 

?  y  ^ 

J     I 

B_            N 

SAT,  ARE  YOU  READY? 
jS     K     fc     N           .       .     .      k     . 

Concluded. 

Hitard. 

17 

'    r,    #  • 

0          #          H,          *    .    4- 

— p     $    ^    N— p  „ 

— N h    ?*>    ft    '"    r» 

. — . 

i 1s 

~fo    ■'         A     . 

A        A        A        A   • 

•i  •  «   *,   "^   ».  •  . 

A1     .      A        A1        A'        A   • 

i:i  i   r-K-i 

A-iL 

41 

Say, 

are   you  read -y,              O        are  you  read  -  y? 

.                   -e- '  S-  -9-  -P-  -#-• 

«       -%      k       a  •            .            rr!         r 

Mer  -    cy  stands  wait-ing    for      all. 

f^-            T     . 

1   ■    1           ^    \     r 

I  •  I 

i. 

i*  i      ■ 

*      A      f      *      «, 

i.               £ ;          A          i          A          w 

!           ! 

*  ii 

'    U  . 

^       .     U      j 

!J      -3    !J    ^ 

»     .     -3 

#     £     «_ .  _* 

1    ""— -"1 

lr 

r     V    V     V 

■s       1/     1/     •     >■ 

!> 

y   r    i 

i      1 

V      V 

•   0   1/   U 

M 


A  LITTLE  LISHT, 


-N-K-\- 


Choeus. 


Ac 


C.  E.  POLLOC-S. 
N      ! 


m 


wt^. 


-*-^ 


-*r-fr 


1=5=5= 


*   ■* 


H=P 


"V^ 


=£=ff 


-*^- 


-a — a- 


■S"*-  * 


-^-^- 


f   a  i  g-~"ir 


=i=* 


,  /  God,mafcemyiife   a       lit  -  tie  light.  Within  the  world  toglovr;)      Lit- tie  light. 
*t      A    lit-tleflanie  that  bumeth  bright  Wherever     I  m^y     go.    i 


-*--»--?--*- 


lit -tie  light, 
Little  light,  little  light, 


Wher-ev  -  er       I    may     go;     Lit- tie  light,  lit- tie  light,  Wher- er  -    er      I     may  go. 

k  Little  light,  titttle  light, 


m 


-7T 


±=zs: 


A   A   A 


^A-A 


AAA 


«?^M     E- 


MM 


y—v 


% 


i: 


s 


2  God,  make  my  life  a  single  flower, 
That  giveth  joy  to  all, 
Content  to  bloom  in  native  bower. 
Although  its  place  be  small. — CTo, 


P   P  I 

3  God,  make  my  life  a  little  song, 
That  coruforteth  the  sad, 
That  helpeth  others  to  be  strong. 
And  makes  the  sinner  glad.— Cho.  I 


V-M-V-M- 


1  God,  make  my  life  a  little  hymn 
Of  tenderness  and  praise: 
Of  faith— that  never  waxeth  dim — 
In  a,U  his  wondrous  ways. — Cho. 


BATTLS  HYMN. 


-41 — 41 41 AL 


±TZt 


-4H 


^fch 


Bt 


Rylish.    to.  ty  WU.  B.  ILAKI 
^HORl'S. 


&r- 


■,   I  Am      I        a      sol  -  dier     of      the  cross,  A      foil'-  wer    of     the    Lamb, 
( And  shall    I     fear    to      own     liis  cause,  Or    blush  to  speak  his    name?. 


m 


t 


ft    fe   N    Ri 


And  when  the  bat-  tie's   o  -  yer 


shall  wear      a   crown!  Yes,      we      shall  wear      a  crown!  Yes,        we        shall     wear         a    crown! 


m 


-*-•  A-  -*- 


*=W 


^t 


£ 


■#-•     ■#-    A 


-r«- 
-t 


-tj 


^ 


£ 


-«- 


-e 


-» — »- 


-*— y- 


-ft— r 


V-V — 9- 


S£  Fnsra 


f 

And 


a=± 


when     the   bat  -  tie's     o   -    ver 


shall  wear     a  crown  In      the    new      Je  -  ru   -   sa  -  lem. 


£ 


-f- 


-& 


I 


m^-£=$^m 


s=E5=a=£ 


^V~  fr 


-p 


BATTLE  HYMN.    Concluded. 


2  Must  I  be  carried  to  the  skies 
On  tlow'ry  beds  of  ease, 
While  others  fought  to  win  the  prize. 
And  sailed  through  bloody  seas  ?— Oho. 


3  Are  there  no  foes  for  me  to  face? 
Must  I  not  stem  the  flood  ? 
Is  this  vile  world  a  friend  to  grace 
To  help  me  on  to  God  1—Oho.  I 

THE  CLEANSING  FOUNTAIN. 


i  Sure  I  must  fight  if  I  would  reign, 

Increase  my  courage,  Lord ; 

I'll  bear  the  toil,  endure  the  pain, 

Supported  by  thy  word.— CAo. 


-JEZL 


i 


%, 


WM.  E.  BLASE. 


I      I 


H h 


_*Ld_j$!i 


H 


ux 


5 


A=^ 


* 


-<&-&—&■ 


1.  The  bloodthatflow'dfrom  Cal-va-ry,  From  all  mysinsnowcleansesme, 

2.  O      wonder-ful    sal- vation  this!  Unmeasur'd  wealth  of  love  and  peace! 

3.  With  joy  I  tell    to       others  round  What  depths  of  mercy  I  have  found; 


A     £1 


££ 


i^- 


^t 


H — h 


I'U  praise  the  Lord,  my 
I'll  praise  the  Lord,  my 
I'll  praise  the  Lord,  in  y 

>■      -*-  | 


E 


u 


m 


B± 


^5 


ft 


.*- 


H — h 


I 


a     A« 


E_A. 


I 


Fine.  Chokus. 


I     I      I 


2).  5. 


w 


3t 


-5- 


<2 


~£_ 


ler 


For  the  blood  now  cleanses  me. 
For  the  blood  now  cleanses  me. 
For    the  blood  now  cleanses     me. 


H— =3- 


** 


F 


ttf 


^r 


#-(9— #T^" 


3 


^ 


-4r-&—&- 


%  a 


-«— »— 6>- 


§E 


A     A     A- 


:e 


If 


SZI^Z 


I 


This  fountain  cleanses  from  all  sin, 

.  -f-<9- 


#- 


-I h 

4 r- 


CT 


* 


And 


#- 


ev-'ry  one  may  now  plunge  in ; 

-e- 


£Z 


-jfc- 


£r- 


l&    p 


s 


20 


IS  MY  NAME  WRITTEN  THEEE? 


M.  A.  1. 


Key.  20 :  15. 


EEA8X  If.  BAT1S. 


1.  Lord,   I     care 

2.  Lord,  my    sins 

3.  Oh!  that  beau 


not  lor 
they  are 
•  ti  -   £ul 


rich-  es,  Nei-ther  sil  -  ver  nor  gold;  I  would  make  sure  ol  heav-en, 
ma  -  uy,  Like  the  sands  of  the  sea,  But  thy  blood,  Oh,  my  Sav  -  iour, 
eJt  -    v.     With  its     man-sions   ol     light,  With    its     glo  -   ri  -  fled    be  -  ings, 


I       would   en    -    ter       the       fold;       In       the    book    of     thy    kingdom, With  its     pag  -  es     so 
Is        suf  -   fl  -    cient     for        me;       For     thy    prom-ise      is      writ-ten     In  bright    let  -  ters  that 
In       pure   gar  -  merits     of       white ;  Where  no       e  -   vU    thing  com-  eth,   To     de  -  spoil  what  is 


sa* 


~r 


m 


-*- 


1*- 

'Ob 


qc 


f 


-41 — 4) — A  '  A 


It 


^tza. 


-4- 


fair, 
glow, 
fair ; 


Itt 


St* 


GHDEL'S, 

r-rV"fr 


-*-+ 


-u- 


jB- 


-!J- 


-©- 


Tell      me,     Je 

"Though  your  sins 

Where     the     an 


sus,  my 
be  as 
gels     are 


Sav- 
scar  - 
watcb- 


loiir, 

let, 

ing,- 


Is 

I 

Is 


■&- 


-0 — 6- 


mv   name  writ-ten  there  ?   "1 

will  make  them  like  snow."     Is     my  name  writ  - 

my   name  writ-ten  there  ?    ) 


there, 


9^ 


m 


wf- 


£ 


fet 


-tr-e 


=P=P= 


2 


n 


& 


i 


s 


i 


IS  MY  NAME  WRITTEN  THERE?    Concluded 

&  J    J     -] 1 — i — 1\- 


21 


3: 


n   ^ 


-e- 


3= 


# 


:a 


3p 


^ 


-tf- 


-s 


-0 — « — ^~ 


Od 


■V- 


the     page   white    and       fair.        In     the    hook    of    thy    king-dom,  Ju     my   name  writ- ten  there? 


"d" 


-*~      -♦" 


-6— »-- 


V]>  A  '      A 


fc 


±fcd 


*=*=* 


I 


1/ 


9 


*  b 


LONG  TIME  AGO. 


Arrangement  and  Beftain  iy  171!.  B.  BLAZE. 


1.  Je-sus  died  on  Calvary's  mountain,  Long  years  a-go, 

2.  Once  his  voice  in  tones  of  pit-  y    Melt  -  ed    in    woe, 

3.  On  his  head  the  dews  of  midnight  Fell,  long  a  -  go, 

4.  Je-sus  <lied— yet  lives  for-ev-er,    No  more  to     die— 

5.  Now  in  heav'n  lie's  in-terced-ing  For    dy-  ing  men. 


And  sal-vation's  rolling  fountain  Now  freely    flows! 
And  he  wept  o'er  Judah's  city,    Long  years  a-  go. 
Now  a  crown  of  dazzling  sunlight  Sits  on  his    brow. 
Bleeding  Je-sus,  Blessed  Saviour,  Now  reigns  on  high! 
Soon  he'll  finish   all  his  pleadins.',And  come  a-  gain. 


6.  When  he  comes  a  voice  from  heaven  Shall  pierce  the  tomb, "  Come,  ye  blessed  of  my  Fa,ther,Children,eome  home.' 


Befealn\ 


Now  free  -  ly 
Long  years  a 
Sits     on    his 
Now  reigns  on 
And   come  a 


^ 


-Ah 


±=W 


P, — t- 


W3 


-& 


^H 


Now  free  -  ly  flows ! 
Long  years  a  -  go. 
Sits  on  his  bi'ow. 
Now  reigns  on  high ! 
And  come  a  -  gam. 
Come,  ye  blessed      of    my    Fa-  titer,   Chil-dren,come  home." 


^ 


flows, 

g0' 

crow, 
high, 
gain, 


'Chil-  dren,  eoroe  home, 


*^ 


■ArM 


Now  free-  ly  '  flows, 
Long  years  a-  go, 
Sits  on  his  brow. 
Now  reigns  oa  high, 
And  conie  a  -  gain, 
Chil-dren.come  home, 

,  A      A°  I*  i-p*-— 


-&- 


And  sal-va-tion's  Toll -ing  fountain 

And  he  wept  o'er  J.u-  dah's  cit  -  y. 

Now    a  crown  of  daz-zling sunlight 

Bleed-ing  Je  -  sus,  Bless-od   fiav-iour, 

Soon  he'll  fin- ish     all    his  pleading, 


A.   A    A      A 


¥% 


A— (- 


.a-- A    A    A 


fa§± 


I 


22 


SI2T&  HIS  PRAISE. 


irrsa^es  67  i..  S.  EIEFfZE. 


1.  Would 

2.  If 
S.    For 


"  ^  k  c;  r    '  w"  ^  - "  v 

you      be       as  an  -  gels  are,       Sing,  sing,    sing  his  praise;  Would  jon  ban- 

the  world    up  -  on    you  frown,  Sing,  sing,    sing  bis  praise;  If  you're  left 

his    won-drous,  dy  -  ing  love,     Sing,  sing,    sing  his  praise:  That    he      In  - 

f    J"      |N  N     N     I        »      -P-  .  f-  »     »  N^ 


»     V 

ish     ev  - ' 
to      31Dg 
ter  -  cedes 


ry  care, 
a  -  lone, 
a  -  bove, 


JC 


-t- 


-P-^ 


^ 


-v— v— /- 


*=t 


^ 


-^-^^|=1^=£ 


Sing, 
Sing, 
Sing, 


-41 — M- 


£=^=#=£ 


-&- 


-%—&- 


-41- 


-fi 


1- 


-H 


5* 


sing, 
sing, 
sing, 


sing  his  praise, 
sing  his  praise. 
»ing  his  praise. 


Like  the  lark    up  -  on    the  wing,    Like  the    "warbling  birds      of    spring, 

Jf     sad    tri  -  als    come  to    you,       As      to      ev  -  *ry      one     they     do. 
Thus  whene'er  you  come   to     die,      You  shall  soar    b«  -  yond    the      sky. 


f_-p- 


■#-  A-  ■*- 


t 


-1 — 


#-f     A  A 


p>-p-TT 

■ ka kJ W W 


v*=J/— V<- 


-« — 0 — e- 


■-*- 


-V—v- 


*=£■ 


W-v  w  b 


^ 


I*1    rar 


3C 


f: 


u  I, 


-41- 


-4) — a 


Like  the  erys-tal  spheres  thatrinsr, 
Find  that  they  ara  bless-ings  loo, 
And  with    an -gel   choirs ou    high, 

is .  >  >    f>    r    * 


— s — *— 

Sing,  sing,  sing  his  praise. 
Sing,  Ring,  sing  his  praise. 
Sing,  sing,  sing  his  praise. 


Brighter  thus  our  joys  shall  be, 

SiDg,  sins;,  sing  his  praise ; 
In  a  long  eternity, 

Sing,  sing,  sing  his  praise. 
Happy  then  with  Christ  to  live, 
And  his  loving  smiles  receive, 
All  tho  praise  to  him  we'll  give  : 
Sing,  sing,  sing  his  praise. 


Sev.  E.  H.  SIOESS. 


THE  "CSEAH  &E07E"  SONG-. 


3.  II.  BECOE,  'o?  pot. 


23 


1.  Hail,  thou  eT  -  er  roll-  ing  o  -  cean, 

2.  Wid  -  er  tlian  the  surging  bil  -  lows, 
S.  See  the  glo-ry,friendsof  Je  -  sus, 
i.  Yes,launchout,ye  friends  of  Je  -sus, 

r-M- 


Hail,  thou 
High  -  er 

On     this 
Spread  your 


ev  -  er  heaving     sea ; 

than  the  silv-  'ry  waves, 

o-cean,deep and  wide; 

sails  lor  that  blest  shore ; 


-#- 


v V     </ 

Sun-  light  on  thy  bo-som 
Koll    the  tid  tags  of  sal  - 
But     a    glo-ry,  clearer, 
Praise  the  Lord,the  Pilot's 


k     ?   k 


5^^ 


^fe 


~Jl± 


^£=^ 


^ 


-I — I — I — I- 


I 


f-> 


^-kVU 


=k=k-V= 


*  '  fr^b  *   ^   E"-E- 


u>  w 


T^ 


k  k  k 

Choecs. 


^=1\ 


f*  Is  r-  r 


±-*- 


-41- 


gleam 
-va  - 

bright 
with 


T^ 


-Ar- 
7^" 


^fipri-g 


-£h 


-AH 


eth  Light  and  shade  al  -  ter  -  nate  -    ly. 

tion —  Flows  the    pre-cious  blood  that    saves. 

•  er,  Lies  be  -  yond  this  swell-  ing       tide. 

us,  "We  are   safe    for     ev  -  er    -    more. 


Far 


m 


^ 


£ 


be -yond  the    roll -ing     bil-  lows 

1 


?5I 


-p-p- 


W=^ 


E 


^ 3- 


^ 


i±- 


f 


£ 


£ 


^  u  u  u  u 


*fc 


p 


-xX-tMv 


fcfc 


k  •  fc  E-  3 


tl 


_s_ 


£f=tfFBsl 


tSJ- 


H h 


4-K- 


I      kk 

Lies     a  cit -y  bright  and  fair, 


fr 


t 


Hll AhAHAr-AH- 

Glo  -  ry  to  our  skillful    Pi 


Jt 


h.         rifard. 


_§: 


-Al — Al- 


-aRE= 


t3- 


-&r- 


lot, 

-k— 


Soon 


He'll  bring  our  spir-its    there. 


i 
I 


Hi    i^k  k  rr 


js: 


±±± 


mrt- 


-£<- 


ts 


FFT 


24 


JESUS  IS  COMING  AGAIN. 


Joyfully .   v s 


C.  W.  CEIST,  -tr  per. 
I  IS         S 


♦N- 


f=*3^^=f 


^^*- 


T 


3=3 


3t=5: 


-AH 


«r 


-4z 


3tzl: 


1.  O  -  ver    the  val  -  leys,    hill  -  tops    and  mountains,    Kings    out       the  shout   from    wood  -  land      and  plain  ; 

2.  Cheering  each  pil  -  grim,  way-worn   and  wea  -  ry,       No      more     we    hear     him       fret       or       complain: 

3.  Com-ing    to  take    us        o  -   yer     the    riv  -  er,     Where    we      shall  siug     of         him     who      was  slain: 


^fc 


-^-4-1*- 


i*-5 


§=£= 


-A — A  •  A   A- 


-4-H±- 


£_ 


-A— A- 


* 


a-^ 


T 


-h — & 


v    v 


u 


i 


±=& 


=1=* 

Sing  it, 
Bright  is 
Glad  -  ly, 


S3S 


^.. 


12: 


-£r- 


ye  riv  -  ers,  seas,  lakes  and  fount  -  ains,  Je  -  sus  to  earth  is  com  -  ing  a 
the  way  that  once  was  so  drear  -  y,  Je  -  sus  to  earth  is  com  -  ing  a 
then,  sing    his   prais  -  es     for  -  ev   -   er,        Je   -   sus     to    earth      is     com  -  ing      a 


gain. 

gain, 
gain. 


«±£ 


§S 


»-$ 


■p^-h- 


■V — V- 


V- 


fct 


CHORUS. 


p>  n 


M 


r^  h  Is 


h- 


-alF 


1- 


£ 


3E 


»f— ^+ 


♦hr- 


~m~w 


:*=4=^= 


*—d- 


■4- 


-*-& 


? ^ — ^ ? 

a -gain,    Q      gfa  -  rf  -  oua  the     tid  -  ings!     Let    all    the  earth  take    up     the  glad    re -f  rain; 

IT  it;  ir     A     A    A    A     A A-,    A    A  «if    A 


£ 


^   buy 


be 


♦±fef- 


H 1 


=E 


m 


JESUS  IS  COMING  AGAIN.    Concluded. 


N    IS 


25 


,y    .- 


=1= 

Shout    it       a  -  loud,  ye     isles     of 

A— A^*      _       A    ,_> A. 


-*--•—- 


-♦h 


-A1- 


"^ ^ 3 *r 

the      o  -  cean,      Je    -    sus 


3t=fc_-=3: 


&: 


to    earth 


is     com  -  ing 


-£h 


gain. 


THE  HAPPY  LAND. 


i^ 


±*=« 


*dE 


3 


•-s- 


H — 


=¥=il= 


=£=£ 


3t 


i 


1.  There    is     a      hap-py  land,  Far,   far     a  -  way, 

2.  Come    to  that   hap-pv  land,  Come,  come  a  -  way, 

3.  Bright  in  that   hap-py  land,  Beams  ev  - 'ry     eve: 


Where  saints  in  glo  -  ry  stand,  Bright,  bright  as  day. 
Why  will  ye  doubt-ing  stand,  Why  still  de  -  lay? 
Kept      by       a      Father's  hand,  Love      can  -   not    die. 


Oh,  how  they 
Oh,  we  shall 
Oh,  then    to 


sweetlv 
hap-  py 
glo  -  ry 

^_A 


sing,  "Wor  -  thy  is  our  Sav-iour  King,"  I.oud  let  his  prais-es  ring;  Praise,  praise  for  aye! 
be,  When  from  sin  and  sor- row  free,  Lord,  we  shall  dwell  with  thee,  Blest, blest  foi  aye. 
run;     Be         a  crown  and  Kingdom  won;  And  bright,  a-bove  the    sun,  We'll  reign  for  aye. 

h     iS     ?VA_    ^A_  _A_  _A_  _A_    _A_  .A  -A- 


9 


-fi-\- 


-tt- 


tA— A- 


-I \ 


-A- 


£ 


*-a- 


f—e>—»- 


v-^-v-y- 


-r- 


% 


-@ — e- 


-i- 


-IA— 1A- 


it= 


HA— IA— IA- 


t^-W^ 


:fc* 


W-^ 


>    0 


26 


A.  B.  0. 


WILL  YOU  COM2* 


A.  3.  COHM. 

1 2r 


I   f  Je  -sus  whis-pers,Come,to  tlie      lit  -  tie  ones,  He    in-vitesyou  to  come,  one  and 
*(    O        1    know  you  will  kneel  he-  fore  him  now,  And  re  -  ceive  your  re-mis-  sion  of.... 


2  f  He   will    fill  your  heart  with  bis  boundless  love,  And  give 

\  And  he'll  take  you  home  to  the  realms  a  -  hove,  "For  of 


sin.  j 


such    is    the  kingdom  of. heav'n."' 


-di • «_  • i i_ 


Will  you  come,  "Will  you  come.  Will  you  come      un    -    to    the    Sav-iour     now? 

Will  you  come,  will  you  come, 


--&- 


*-«-*-£ 


-A- 


I 


-~ 


» 


s 


ar^B_|B_^_ 


*s — U    U    U — f 


zfczp: 


tc=tz=tz: 


~i/~~£~  •    i/ 


y — / 


vM^- 


-V— V- 


m 


n 


-*— N- 


^ 


0—0 


it 


t! d- 


B 


-9! W- 


^T-^ 


-i--i-f- 


-HT 


-e- 


9 


Je  -  sus    says    to    all,  "Come  on  -  to       me      now,    For     of     such       is     the  king  -  dom    of    heav'n." 


i|sCi_Z 


% 


f 


ft 


-k — k- 


-*_£—£ 


-w-v- 


-&--' 


S 


_ft_Jt 


LITTLE  MOSES. 


s.  s.  stese;. 


2? 


I 


n   f^   s 


-ft*       IN       h 


s: 


it 


"fc=fc 


-fS — fv 


K— K-Ah^r 


■e^t 


-*—<£- 


Hb- 


-&h 


1.  By     the    side    of  the  riv  -  er 

2.  Ey     the    side    of  the  riv  -  er 

3.  Then    a  -  way  by  the  riv  -  er 

£>       b  SB 

J> j\    »       |»  i» 


T 


-£r- 


^±h 


-Ar- 


^ -S-V — V-  -V — ^ — •/ — F- — i h- 

a • i-j — lj — u 


clear, 
clear, 
clear, 


The  la  - 
The  in  - 
They     car 


5 


dies  were  wend  -  ing  their 
fant  was  lone  -  ly  and 
ried   that      beau  -  ti    -    ful 


J    .    9 


way; 
sad; 
child; 


-J*-      -f*- 


±* 


w-v— t^ 


1 


db* 


*=£ 


s  r<  k 


II 


P 


"I   V,  I 


9 


€T 


N     , 


a: 


3 


As  Pha  -  ra-  oh's  daughter  stepped  down  to  the 
She  took  him  in  pit-  y,  and  thought  him  so 
To  his  own  ten-der  moth-  er,  his  sis  -  ter  and 
J§_    J&_  _S_   -SL  JB-.    _«_    -P-   -@- 


& 

wa  -  ter 
pret-ty, 
broth-er, 

A. 


-A, £k 


-« 


* 


^        ©     @     ^     s^- 

P 

To  bathe  in  the  cool  of  the 
And  made  lit  -  tie  Mo-  ses  so 
Then     Mo  -  &es  looked  hap-py  a"nd 


2*= 


day. 
glad, 
smiled; 


Be    -    fore  it  was  dark 

She       called    him  ber  own, 

His        moth   -   er,  so  good, 

ft   »    A1    |    JA    .    A        A1      JA 


she  o-pened 
her  beau-  ti  - 
done    all  that 

_* l 


the  ark, 
ful  son, 
she  could 


i/ 

And  found  the  sweet  in  -  fant  was 
And  sent  for  a  nurse  that  was 
To     rear  him  and  teach  him  with 


there, 
near. 
care. 


^Bl£ 


I  Then  away  by  the  sea  that  was  red, 
Stood  Moses  the  servant  of  God, 
"While  in  him  confided  the  deep  was  divided, 
As  upward  he  lifted  his  rod; 
:  The  Jews  safely  crossed  while  Pharaoh's  host, 
Was  drowned  in  the  waters  and  lost.  :|: 


5  Then  away  on  the  mountain  so  high 
The  last  one  he  ever  might  see: 
While  Israel  victorious,  his  hope  was  most  glorious, 
Would  soon  oyer  Jordan  be  free: 
: : :  Then  his  labors  did  cease,  h<$  departed  in  peace, 
And  rests  in  the  heaven  above. :  |J ; 


23 


THE  LILY  OF  THE  VALLEY. 


English  Malody. 


£ 


3tft 


zd 


f 


•^ 


1.  I've 

2.  He 

3.  He'll 

PI 


found  a  friend  in  Je  -  sus,  he's 
all  my  griefs  has  tak  -  en,  and 
nev  -    er,      nev  -   er      leave     me,        nor 


He's     the 


ev  -    'ry  -  thing       to       me, 

all       my       sor  -  rows  borne;       In     temp. 

yet      for  -  sake     me     here,     While      I 


4r— AH 


-tA- 


1 


=3b 


v- 


i 


*    h    fr. 


3 


3^ 


i 


:§=£ 


fair   -  est  of  ten     thou -sand       to       my  eouI;  The 

-ta   -   tion  he's  my    strong  and    might-  y  tow'r;  I've 

live       by  faith  and       do       his     bless  -  ed  will;  A 

-9-      -9-  -9-  -9-       *  -9-      -9-     -&-  .         M 


Lil   -    y       of       the    Val  -  ley,         in 

all      for     him    for  -  sak  -  en,        and 

wall     of      fire       a  -  bout    me,       I've 


S 


^ 


£=£=£ 


£ 


-IA- 


-*h-* 


E£ 


£ 


v    v    y  -v 


+ 


f- 


D.S.— Lil  -  y        of      the    Val  -  ley,       the 


Wz=* a! a!- 


£=^= 


Fine. 


^1 


P 


j=*=t 


£ 


£ W1 — 

~-9-     It- 
All        I 

From    my 
With      his 


him       a  -    lone       I  see 

all        my         i    -    dols     torn 
noth  -  ing      now       to      fear, 


need     to    cleanse  and    make    me 

heart,   and     now  he     keeps    me 

man  -   na        he  my      hun  -  gry 

-9-      -9- 


^9- 

ful  -  ly  whole. 
by  his  pow'r. 
soul    shall     fill. 


-+■ 


-I — 

HA- 


H 


A- 


^ 


^=k 


-f- 


■v- 


V       /       •       ' 

bright  and    Morn  -  ing     Star,       He's     the 


fair  -  est 


of 


ten     thou  -  sand       to 


my      soul 


THE  LILY  OF  THE  VALLEY.    Concluded. 
I  N  IS 


5 


29 


— ?**- 


4- 


_JL 


3E 


In  sor    -     row        he's 

Though  all  the      world 

Then  sweep  -   ing         up 


my  com 

for    -     sake 
to  glo 


fort, 
me, 
ry 


In 
and 
to 


troub 
Sa    - 

see 


le 

tan 

his 


he's 
tempts 
bless    - 
-&-    . 


my 
me 
ed 


stay, 
sore, 
face, 


-*- 


-A 


V" 


~v 


-v- 


-h- 


-p>— » 


,      TT 


£=* 


IKL 


He 

Through 

"Where 


tells 
Je 


me 

sus 


riv     -     ers 


V 

ev 
I 
of 


'ry 
shall 
de    -     light 


:?: 


care 
safe 


on 
ly 

shall 


-*-   * 


him 

reach 

ev 


S- 


to 
the 


roll, 
goal, 
roll. 


-e~ 


£ 


^: 


He's 
He's 
He's 


-m- 
-*- 


^ 


the 
the 
the 


-W-. 


=£ 


■v- 


-*r- 


-V- 


TO-DAY 


dav  the   Sav-iour  calls:   Ye  wand'rers.come ;    O       ye      be-  nieht-  ed    souls,  Why       Ion  -  ger  roam  ? 

2.  To-  day  the   Sav-iour  calls;   For    ref-uge     fly!    The   storm  of     jus-tice  falls,   And    death   is     niirh. 

3.  The    Spur  -  it    calls    to  -  day :  Yield  to     his  pow'r :   Oh,  grieve  him  kot     a  -  way ;  'Tis      mer-  cy's  hour. 


i^t 


&- 


.« _  A.  JL    -C_ 


~- 


fe_s_f_f_t 


li£ 


>— T* 


-©-f-4- 


30 


I.  B.  LATTA. 


GOLDEN  SHEAVES. 


J.  E.  TEHNEY. 


'  2  i  J- Si 

1.  When  the    sow-ing  and  the    reaping  In    his  vineyard  here  are  done,  When  e  -    ter-ni-ty    un  -  fold-eth, 

2.  When  the    last  kind  word  is      spo-keh  To   the     er- ring  here  be  -  low,  When  the    tears  of  faithful     servants 
a  When  the    Mas-ter      of  the    har-vest  Call-eth     all    the  lab'rers   in,      And  to    place  the  crowns  e  -  ter-nal 


And  the  course  of  Time   is 
Have  for  -  ev  -  er  ceased  to 
On  their  foreheads  shall  be  - 

»    -a- 


run ;  When,  ac  -  corn- 
flow,  Then  shall  each 
gin,     Shall  we     be 


'-*-.-«-*-f«- 


ing    to     his  do- in gs,  Each  his  rec-ompense  re- ceives, 

who  works  for  Je  -  sus.  And  his  prom  -  is  -  es      be-lieves, 

a- rnong  the  num-uer,  And  our  off-'ring  be     but  leaves? 

-B-  HB-  HB-  -a- 


-»- 


-19- 


V     V 


J3LA  »    j» . 


-F 


i — I      y   P 


- 


-*?—»- 


i 


•     V 


!•     V 


4—1- 


Choecs. 


e-9 


-r- 


e 


4v=§ 


-A)     A 


S=t^=fc=« 


If    of     good,  or    if     of        e  -  vil.  Shall  we  come 

Come  re  -  joic-ing  in    his      la-bbrs,Bear-ing  with 

Je- sus,  we  would  come  re  -  joic-  ing,  Bear-iug  with 

A-  -A-         -jA-    -A- 


i-«r-© — 

•A^'-A-i— 


with  gold-  en  sheaves.) 

him  fold  en  sheaves.  -  Some  will  come  with  gold- en   sheaves, 

us    gold- en  sheaves. ) 


&OLEEN  SHEAVES.    Concluded. 


U 


Shall  we  noth-  ing  bring  hut  leaves  1  Gold-  en  sheaves,  gold-  en  sheaves !  Je  -  sus,  give    us  bright  gold  -  en  sheaves. 


X.  J.  P2EST0N. 


I  WOULD  BE  EEADY,  LOED. 


WM.  B.  BLAKE. 


m 


-*- 


1.  I  would  be  ready, 

2.  I  would  be  watching, 

3.  I  would  be  living, 


Lord, 
Lord, 
Lord, 


My  house  in  or  -  der 
"With  lamp  well-trimmed  and 
As  ev    -    er         in       thine 


3- 


set, 
clear, 
eye, 


m& 


■p—p~r~r 


m 


m 


-A. 


1.  i 

l 

L_  , 

i 

i 

SSS       f?\ 

?  b 

J 

7  1  V                           " 

O 

* 

1                           1 

4 

'         i 

la 

EC 

'  !> 

X 

1             1       a: 

J                            J 

A 

sr 

vy 

d     »           9 

H 

*/ 

None  of  the  work  thou 
Quick  to  throw  open 
For  whoso  lives  the 

s- 

gav     - 
wide 
hoi     - 

est 
the 
lest 

"3    • 
me 
door 
life 

To 

What 

Is 

m 

do        un 
time    thou 
read    -    i    - 

fin  -  ish'd 
draw  -  est 
est       to 

yet. 

near. 

die. 

(-*•     r    , 

A    c 

I 

Z> 

/• 

f  (? 

10 

L 

L        P        W 

II 

r 

7  1/ 

'* 

p    r    r    r 

M 

'   ' 

A       I 

i 

riii 

ip>    1 

1 

i 

1 

I 

I 

32 


Brightly. 


GREETING  SONS. 

(FOE  ANHIVESSABIES,  PICNICS,  EETJNIONS.) 

.      N  N  h  N  N  N 


Ar:::£sas;t  sni  Chcrcs  by 
Wl£.  3.  BLAES. 


■-*>--*>-    -♦:   -*- 


S  -#- 


3nLi: 


-e-3-0- 


'^£§5 


1.  We're  eom-ihg  with  ju  -  bi- lant    voi- ees, We' re  coming  with  jubilant   voi  •  ees,  To     hail     it,    to     hail      it, 

2.  We   greet  you  with  tokens    of     pleasure,  We  greet  you  with  tokensof  pleasure,  With  gladuess.witu   glad-ness, 

3.  We  thank  the  dear  Lord  for  each  messing,  We  thank  the  dear  Lord  for  each  blessing,  Upon    us,   up  -  ou     us, 

S    N    \    N.lS    S  \ 

s    S    S    S    s     S      I         -*-       I     I     I  I        I  .-i*-     I 


st— »f 


*      *      A1 


-7-7-^-J?- 


t 


P^-2-il 


-h 1 


i 


^ 


-^ 


ANN_N_S_N 


^NNN^' 


-#- 


- 


i — I       I    A    ▼!- 


-*^  ^  5 


-#-i- 


-A^AL-ALA:   A    ^ 


-»|-»!-»)-^-^-»l- 


€90 


This  happy  and  beautiful 
This  liaopy  and  beautiful 
This    happy  and  beautiful 


Wir-fr 


one  of  our  number  re  -  joi-  ces.Eaeh  one  of  our  number  re  -  joi  -ees, 

teachersandscholarsa  treasure — To  teachers  and  scholars  a  treasure — 

ev-'ry  kind  favor  pos  -  sess-  ing,Aiid    ev'ry  kind  favor  pos  -  sess-iug, 


r  «  »\  4  af 


A    A'    A'    A'    A     A 


:s>_ 


-*-*- 


-^— AH^AJ- 


-7- 


y  lo*'  ^  ^^^~y 


t*- 


_i^Al 


Chorus. 


d^r—h 


»f-^- 


^-v^^ 


^-^"7* 


a    >- 


^-~m 


To     hail     it,     to     hail 

Your   pres-ence    to    cheer 

To    share   it,      to    share 


it,  Tiiis  hap-  py  and  beau-  ti  -  ful 
us-This  hap-  py  and  beau-  ti  -  ful 
it,  This    hap-  py  and  beau-  ti  -  ful 


m& 


1^1=I: 


-&—*—*- 


-*-*- 


r  *  i — i — i — 
u    u  y  w 


>    ?  y 


day. 
day. 
day. 


March.niareh 


march  a  -  way. 


f 


^=P 


IT 


7" 


3 


GEEETING  SONG.    Concluded. 


ii^^W^-*- 


9^ 


This    happy  and  beau-ti  -  ful 

»   ♦   ,♦ 
A  i   I — I — I A  .  m   A 


■day 


March,  march,    nrarch  away.This  happy  and  beau-ti-  ful 


tz?:!2: 


IilA_^4_A^ 


*-!*- 


'flxg  '^    v   G  *t 


-A-A- 


=4*=T 


>H- 


£=&- 


k  fc.  k 


»-pp 


-*-* 


trtrfr 


day. 


I 


W    •  */  ^  v 


2* 


i 


"  COME  TO  ME."    (Chant.) 


-&- 


y 

may 
and 

for 
o 

-&- 


i.  With  tearful  eyes  I  look  around,  Life  seems  a  dark  and; 

2,  It  tells  me  of  a  place  of  rest — It  tells  me  where  my 

3.  When  nature  shudders,  loth  to  part  From  all  I  love,  en 
•L  Come,  for  all  else  must  fail  and  die ;  Earth  is  no.  resting 
•5.  0  voice  of  mercy!  voice  of  love!  In  conflict,  grief,  and 


storm 

soul 

■     joy, 

place 

ag 

-&- 


sea; 
flee; 
see; 
thee; 
ny, 


J21 


i 


i 


Yet,  'midst  the  gloom  I  hear  a  sounds  A  heavenly 
Oh !  to  the  weary,  faint,  opprest.  How  sweet  the 
When  a  faint  chill  steals  o'er  my  heart,  A  sweet  voiee 
Heavenward  direct  thy  weeping  eye;. I  am  thy 
Support  ine,  cheer  me  from  above,  And  gently 


m 


■whis 
bid 
ut 
par 

whis 


n 


per, 
-      ding, 

ters, 
-.     tion, 
per, 

t    -£r 


Come 
Come 
Come 
Come 
Come 


I 


~<D~ 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 

-p- 


T 


me. 
me. 
me. 
me. 
me, 

-&■ 


34 


F.  M.  D. 


LET  ME  CLmO-  TO  THEf 


FEANE  1!.  DA\  tS.  by  per. 


— h N — r~ ^ 


$ 


«i — t 


=*= 


H — I- 


-mi     jp ' r 


1 


me  cling 
me  cling 
me  cling 
me  cling 


mm± 


V 

to  thee,  O  Rock  of 

to  thee,  0  Rock  ol 

to  tbee,  O  Bock  of 

to  thee,  O  Rock  of 

£—, w-t 


A 
A 

A 
A 

-A 


ges,  While  I  sail  o'er 

ges,  When  my  sins  are 

ges,  When  the  path  I 

ges,  When  I  near  '  e 


life's   rough  sea, 

press  -  ing  me, 

fail      to  see, 

ter  -   ni     -  ty, 


-h 


-t- 


-6- 


&> p- 


=£=£ 


-feH^ 


£ 


t 


?=* 


i 


£== 


-Ah 


^ 


A 

While  the 

When  the 

When  the 

When  I 


shad 
tem  - 
cup 
pass 


pi 


— p- 


-  ows  thick  -  ly  round  me  gatn 

pest's       fie  -  ry   darts  are  fly 

of        sot  -  row     is     o'er  -  flow 

that  dark  and  lone  -  ly  val 

A  „    -A-  A 


er, 
ing, 
ing, 
ley, 


Let 
Let 
Let 
Let 


B 

me  ev  ■ 

me  ev 

me  ev 

me  ev 


± 


T 


£~- 


i 


er 
er 


cling  to  thee, 

cling  to  thee, 

cling  to  thee, 

cling  to  thee. 


-h 


I 


* 


fc 


* 


-h U- 


-* — *- 


^=P= 


:P=F 


v-v- 


U       L> 


i 


a 


Choeus. 


I 


^=* 


-^H^ 


-h 


-e — 


Let       me         ey    -    er       cling"  to         thee,      0       Rock  of       A 

A"   ?  ->.       -A-        _         .-''A       A      A 

-■ 1— -  -I— 1 — 0- 


ges,  Cling 


to 


thee,     cling  to    thee; 


i 


i 


LET  MB  CLING  TO  THEE.    Concluded. 


33 


P. 


-*- 


=i- 


^3 

-! uj Ll 


*=* 


^-*K 


fct 


i 


3=* 


?=3-." 


i^-V- 


-*rH 


A  A 

While  the  storm    of     life      a  -  round  is       ras 


333z 


# — #- 


$; 


tag,  I«t    me      ev  -  er,        ev  -  er       cling  to     thee. 


-^—k 


h-+- 


m 


w 


H3S 


1 


H*- 


=£ 


-*— ^ 


-p 


5^-t^ 


THE  PROMISED  LAND. 


H 1 


A     A 


H.  I.  EHJLS. 


*■» 


Be 


-H- 


tt: 


tf¥±I±J 


-w— »- 


I   A   ^. 


On     Jor-dan's  stormy 

.   To      Canaan's  fair  and 

2  f  There  gen'rous  fruits  that 

1  There  rocks  and  hills  and 


tanks 
hap- 
nev  - 

brooks 


!     1     U 

I  stand,  And  cast  a  wish-  fui  eye,  1 
py  land,  Where  my  pos- sessions  lie.  J 
er  fail  On  trees  lm-mor-  tal  grow ;  1 
and  vales, With    milk  and  hon-  ey     flow.  / 


O    the  transporting  rapt'rous  scene. 
All    o'er  thosewideex-tendedplains. 


Wit.  B.  BLAEB- 


MARCHIITC  HOME. 


=S=F 


4^=rf4=^= 


A    A!    A— A 


3t=fS 


^a 


-Ai— Ar 


K 


1.  With  our    banners  wav-ingMgh,  with  our     fa-ces    to  the  sky,  We  are  mardi-iirg 

2.  Je  -  sus      is   our  lead-er  true,   ev-er     keep-ing   us    in  view.  Lest  a  -  way    from 

3.  Come  and  join  our  hap-py  band,  marching  to    the  promised  land,  Un-der   Je   -  sus, 


£ 


-*- 


to  Zi  - 
the  path 
our    Cap  • 


on  to  ■ 
we  mav 
tain  and 


±± 


#-* 


« 


£ 


-k—f 


E 


-?— * 


ttzfe: 


day; 
rove : 
guide; 

-£-• 


r 


i*=^ 


4-g=F= 


IX    V    V    V 


m^ 


-v-v- 


-l*=V- 


-y         V       r-i 


&- 


i 


t 


^s 


* 


*=«t^=i=fr^^ 


A- 


:« 


5^ ^— jr   4   4   4   4   4    4  4~ 

And  although  the  way  be  long  we 
We  must  stead-  i  -  ly  press  on  till 
We  shall  have  a    cho  sen  place  in 


-g^g=f=&-g— X-iP 


H — AH 


-4—9—p- 


M—V- 


^zi \J. J- id.  ...iV [J.-.  \J — 1_ 


¥—¥—¥-¥- 


will  cheer  tt  with  a  song,  Ot  the  bright  Ca  -  naan-land  Jar  a  -  way. 
the  fl  -  nal  rest  is  won  In  the  man  -  sions  of  glo  -  ry  and  love, 
the  Kingdom  of   hisgrace, When  the   ar   -  my    has  crossed  Jor- dan's  tide. 


■#-#-#-#- -f*-    -# --*- 


W-fe^ 


V-V 


± 


A    *r 


-r*-^«- 


i 


Chobtts. 


^5=^ 


-£J 


£ 


v-?- 


^ 


-Al- 


«N 


^ 


atsze 


Marching  home,  marching 

Marching  home, 


home,  Marching  home,  ev'-  ry     day; 

marching  home,  Marching  home  marching  home; 


9-i 


-p — p~ 


u-=£fe£ 


-f«--f«--r«- 


-y-*- 


£ 


I 


fc£ 


^ 


f 


I: 


MARCHING  HOME.    Concluded. 


«V 


£ 


*=fc 


-Aj-^AI— At—A J — *1 1 


* 


-Tr-f 


»    J     ft^r 


^P»=a-^-IUil- 


J       r    h         f= 


37 


-AH 


*? 


■♦' — a" 
9     g- 


Thcf  Hie    way  berough  and  long  we  wnl  cheer  it   with   a  song.  01   tfee  bright  Ca-  naan-land     far     a  -  way. 


1 


$ 


p-»- 


t?"-^ 


U  W  V   U   1 


V-+ 


V 


i 


An.  fttm  Est.  J.  i.  WALt. 

_ 


=£= £ 


THROUGH  THE  VALLEY  IN  PEACE. 

-fc— N-- 1 -fv-A 


-Ah 


-Al — Ah 


^ 


P P 


.TOI.  B.  BLAEZ. 


M    *,  «i-*— 4 


5= 


+ 


=rr 


:fa£ 


i=Mzzc 


jfc^t 


2£ 


L  Oh,   my    Sav  -  i«mr  win  soon 

2.  I      will  walk      in  the  light 

3.  And       when       I  am    hap 

4.  I      will  sing    with  the    an 


-A- A 


ifefc 


I* — ' — 1 — 


call  me   home,  Yes,   my   Sav  -  tour  will  soon    call 

of  the  Cross,  Yes,    I'll  wait      in    the  light     of 

py  in   heav'n,     And       when      I      am   hap  -  py 

gels  a  -  hove,       I     win  sing    with  the   an  -   gels 

-A-   -I*-    -P-*      A-~~A  _ 

H 1 — H f* i*-Hf If — ff- 


# 


f=g 


S — #- 


£ 


5 


me  home.  Oh,  how 
the  Cross,  Keeping 
in  heav'n,  Yon  can 
a  -  bove.     And  so 


-■*- 


£=^: 


£ 


Chorus.— I     will  walk   thro'  the   val   -   ley    in   peace,      I     will  walk  thro'  the    val  •  ley 


m 


I     .1 


* 


I 


in   peace,      If    the 
J).  C.  for  Chorus. 


* 


1 


-*- 


«- 


^=T 


-*h 


-*h 


£r- 


Tl-^- 


3t=at| 


:e 


-* — ar 


j      g      9 


til 


nap 
near 


py   the   day 

to  flie  side 
shed  not  a  tear, 
loud     will    I    sing 

-A A    A    A 


when  my   soul  soars    a  -  way 

of     my  Lord  cru  -  ci  -  fied, 

but     re  -  juice  that    I'm  there, 

that    I'll  make  heay  -  en    ring. 


To  its  home  with  the  Sav 
Cmmt-ing  ev'  -  ry-  thing  else 
And  re-mein-ber  I'm  hap 
Hal  -  Ie   -  hi  -    jab.    to    liod 


iour  a  -  bove. 

but  as    dross. 

■    py  in   heav'n. 

and  the  Lamb. 


£=t+ 


£ 


H«l   _,*l   IfE      _*.   _*_    ^Q_. 


m^rnm 


§±£ 


-A — A- 


I 


b=£=£ 


-^ 


I     win   walk   thro'  the   »**   "   ley     in   peace. 


Sav  -  lourwiU   go 


thro'  its   shad  -  ows  with  me, 


lira.  IEMIHA  LCT2E. 


^Eifffflg 


THE  SWEET  STOEY  OF  OLD. 


1.    I     think  when     I     read  that  sweet  sto  -   ry     of     old,    When  Je 


r 


a*  ,^  n  n 


5£* 


sds  was  here    a  -  mong   men : 


9^Sfi 


3Mt 


e 


fTf^=^ 


tfcS: 


Ig- 


V=P=* 


T^h 


FlSE. 


2  I  wish  that  his  hands  had  teen  placed  on  my  head, 

That  his  arms  had  been  thrown  around  me, 
And  that  I  might  have  seen  his  kind  look  when  he  said, 

"Let  the  little  ones  come  unto  me." 
"Let  the  little  ones  come  unto  me. 

Let  the  little  ones  come  unto  me," 
And  that  I  might  have  seen  his  kind  look  when  he  said, 

"Let  the  little  ones  come  unto  me." 


S  Yet  still  to  his  foot-stool  in  prayer  I  may  go, 

And  ask  for  a  share  of  his  love, 
And  it  I  now  earnestly  seek  him  below, 

1  shall  see  him  and  hear  him  above. 
I  shall  see  him  and  hear  him  above, 

I  shall  see  him  and  hear  him  above, 
And  if  I  now  earnestly  seek  him  below, 

I  shall  see  him  and  hear  him  above. 


A,  S.  EIET3E. 


HOME  OF  THE  SOUL. 


_N,S  _?v 


II.  S.  SEBBY. 


33 


H — H 


A-rA-W— J P- 


fr->  h  t   N  "ft 


*       4      4), 


£=£ 


H^=±- 


3=3: 


$53 


-«h 


=» 


v=? 


^ 


+- 


■S — 9 — 0- 


-+- 


1.  There  are  man-sions  of    love     in    the  land   far     a  -  bove.Which  the  Sav- iour   has  gone    to     pre  -  pare, 

2.  There's  a    fouutain  whosestream  sparkles  brightin   the  gleam  Of     a     day  that  shall  not  end     in      nieht, 
S.       Of  that  fountain      of    love    in   that  laud   far     a-oove.  May  we  drink  when  life's  jour- ney    is       o'er, 


-a— a- 


±=t 


A A A A A     A   | A A A     A   rA A — A A A — A  ■  -frO 

I 1 1 — i h — ■ — i 1 1 — i ■ — a — e — 5 — a — m-  -S-f  -8- 

I 1 1 1 — i k — W — k — I 1 — i i 1 i 1 1 1 w-*-W- 


! 


-1A_'a_ 

v*    V 


m 


m 


±-± 


H^-v 


-J,    4),    »,    *! 


=s=^ 


=S-^N 


Af-AL 


5H 


■9 — O — 0 — 0- 


£ 


And  the  children  wlio  pray  as  they  walk  in  life's  way,  In  those  mansions  shall  each  have  a  share. 
And  its  wa  -  ters  make  glad  all  the  wea  -  ry  and  sad  Who  have  gone  to  that  land  of  de  -  light. 
And  with    an -gels    of    light  share  its  splen-dors    so  brightin  those  mansions    of    love    er  -  er  -  more. 

-A — A-r-A — A — A — A — A     A  i — A — A — A— A-r-A — A — A — A- 


M 


\l 


brrr— i 1 1 — * — ! fe— la--* — fee — fc — M~* — w — * — ' — * — f-H (- 

D.S.— There  are  streets  of    pure  goid.there  are  pleasures    un  -  told,  And  the    an  -  gels   will  welcome  you    there. 

CiHmua  .      .  |s     ^     i      N     N     f*     N     N  ,  N     -  »■& 


PH 


thrS 


^ 


^ 


n 


+ 


j=t- 


-« — a- 


1 


They  will    wel-come  you  there.they  will   wei- come  you  there,  And  the    an -gels  will  welcome  you    there ; 

,N     ,S     fS  &     ^     N     N     N 


» 


bf 


a_g__ff__».^ 


S-Jl 


-Al — M — M A — AF-APi-AI — A) 


Al — Al — Al — A- 


V     V 


T? 


-*=*- 


40 


lira.  j.  e.  sbeiw. 


HOW  JOYFUL  THE  MEETING. 


HtT.  ;.  H.  WHITS. 


m 


± 


i 


5 


^=s 


-K- **- 


■^r 


-K^- 


-4f — * — At A' — AH-^- 


1/      * 


1.  Shall  we  dwell  with  our  JovM  ones  for  -  ev  -  er,- 

2.  Shall  we  dwell  with  our  Sav  -  iour  for  -  ev  -  er,- 

3.  Shall  we  dwell  with  our    Fa  -  ther  for  -ev  .  er,- 


m^- 


£ 


f  fff 


"When  oar  hearts  shall  be  free  from  all  care? 
In  the  home  he  has  gone  to  pre- pare? 
In     the  realms    of     the     bo    -    ly     and  fair? 


&j 


♦•  ♦•*  * 


^ 


E 


>    !»•!»    A^g"T> 


tri    ^^ 


-H 


A^=^C 


£ 


Hrzfd; 


-is- 


>— ^ 


■V— ¥- 


-¥—2- 


V — *- 


V—V- 


Fixe. 


^ 


*b=»H-f- 


-*- 


_h^ 


-b 


Oh,  how  sweet  is  the  thought  of  that  meet-  Ingr 
Oh,  the  rap-  ture  and  bliss  of  that  meet-  ing  < 
Oh,   how  glo  -  rious  the  hope     of  that  meet-  ing  t 


V 

Oh. 
Oh, 
Oh, 


•f.f.f    -*: 


V 

how  joy 
how  joy 
how  joy 

-A-    -A- 


+ 


ful,    in- 


Hi,  in -deed,  to  be  there, 
ml,  in  -  deed,  to  be  there, 
ful,    in  -  deed,     to     be  there. 


1 


U    >  •  k    fr=^z5z 


-•snHa 


=*=£ 


>'r* 


-A-*- 


P4 


*=£=£ 


=£=?- 


U»    9 


i 


Chokes. 


D.S. 


g~Eq 


3^=¥ 


3 


3 


AH 


E 


& 


£ 


^ 


-vj-^ 


-#-=■ 


-r-fr 


-A- 


:F^ 


9^ 


Oh,  what  joy.  Oh,  what  joy »  Ob,  how  joy 

Oh.wbat  joy,  Oh.what  toy.'  Ob,  how  joy 


S£ 


ful,  in -deed,  to   be  there, 
ful,  in -deed,  to  'be  there. 


— v  ■   V    t 


it 


^ 


p'p  p 

Ja^a_>- 


5 


•_! I 


*=5l 


-©- 


1 


I.  3.  HSS2 


SING  TO  HIS  GLOEY. 
-N- 


l.  s.  E12:. 


,   1  We'll  sing    to     the    glo  -  ry,    the     glo  -  ry     of     God,  Whom  an  -  gels  are  prais  -  ing    on      high ; 
•(Where  all    that   are  hap-py   shall  meet  by-and-by, 


ff-.-jf 


Andpraisehim  in  beau-  ti  -  ful      songs.     Then    sing    ...     to    his     glo  -   ry,    his 

Then  sing  to  his  glo -ry,  his    glo  -  ry,    his 

^     »     »     - a=a 9. SL 


■f  ft  l?  I?    I»    It 


glo     - 
glo-ry,  his 

■k   k   k 


ry,  his 
ry,  his 


-k — 1 


m 


■TU.TW 


■A  .  'A 


pE^szjsia 


E 


p 


f 


.  -1 — 1— 


-h  L  I,  I 


£ 


V  W  U  U  U  1/ 


W  y  V   9  -V 


-1 .  1,  1 . 
•  1/  / 


k    • 


* 


-t^ 


glo    -    ry,    Then      sing    ....     to    his 
glo    -    ry.    Then   sing    to   his   glo  -  ry,  his 


-ti AH 

i/ 

glo    -     ry       In        bean       -       -       ti  -  tul 
glo    -     ry        In     beau-  ti  -  ful,beau-ti  -  ful 

•    P    P    f    P    k 


songs, 
songs. 


2  We'll  sing  to  his  glory,  his  elorv  on  hiirh, 
111  songs  of  devotion  and  praise. 
As  birds  in  their  happiness  warble  their  lays, 
In  beautiful,  beautiful  songs.— Cho. 


3  We'll  sing  to  his  glory,  his  glory  so  great, 
His  glory  so  wondrous  and  fair. 
That  seraphs  forever  and  praising  him  there 
In  beautiful,  beautiful  songs.—  CTio. 


42 


W.  70UEHS. 


LET  ME  NEVER  LEAVE  THEE. 


WM.  B.  BLAZE. 


3^3 


1.  Let       me      nev  -    er    leave  thee,bless-ed    Sav-  iour, Keep   me      ev  -    er     clos  -  er     by    thy  side; 

2.  Let       me      nev  -    er    leave  thee.whenmy  spir   -    it  Springs  ex    -   ill-  tant    in  -  to     joy  -  ous  youth  ; 

3.  Let       me      nev  -    er    leave  thee, precious    Je    -   sus,    All       a  -  long    the  jour- ney    of    my   life; 


S=S 


A- 


JtlJt 


m 


tt 


^ 


§55* 


-k  i>>  l.  k.  k 


*=£ 


f^ 


i 


^=tnz]v 


s 


^r 


S 


5 


■       SB 


3C 


3: 


-#- 


Let       me    know    and     feel  thy   pre-  cious  fa   - 
Let       me     then    "re  -  mem-ber    my  Cre  -   a 
In        the    strug  -  gle       be    my  great  De-  fend 


vor,  Thou  art  mine,  what  can  I  want  be- side? 
tor,"  Choose  the  path  of  right-eousness  and  truth. 
-   er,    Make     me     more    than  conq'ror     in     the  strife. 


i^ 


££ 


A 


A- 


I 


m 


pt  l  VI 


m 


t~Tb  \> 


r^ 


Eefeain. 


V  J      I F 


Nev  -    er,      nev    -     er,  leave  thy   side; 


Nev    -    er,     nev  -  er,    Never  let  me  leave  thy    side. 


r- 


A— -A 


-A^- 


■£i- 


fW 


* 


-£-*-£-£- 


*-*- 


2*= 


f 


^ 


WALK  IN  THE  LIGHT. 


1.  Walk  in  the  light!  so  Shalt  thou  know  That  fellowship  of    love, 

2.  Walk  in   the  light  land  e'en  the  tomb  No  fearful  shade  shall  wear; 

3.  Walk  in   the  light!  and  thou  Shalt  see  Thy  path,  tho'  thorny,  bright, 


His  spir-  it  on  -  ly  can  bestow, 
Glo  -  ry  shall  chase  away  its  gloom 
For  God  by  grace  shall  dwell  In  thee, 


•ho 
For 
And 


I 


£ 


Chorus. 


« 


-&-*- 


mm 


1~r 


-IHFS^g 


-*- 


& 


-M — M- 


y    o    i      \f    b 

in    the    light  of    the  Li v  -  ing,  Walk 


in    the 


reigns  in  light        a  -  bove.    )       Walk 
Christ  hath  con-quer'd  there.    > 
God    him-self        is     light.    J      Walk  in    the  light,  in     the    light  of     the  Liv.  ing,  Walk  In  the  light,  in  the 


J 


-*-  A-  •#-• 


-^ 


^m 


4- 


3E 


-&^r& 


r*=H*=IE 


£ 


g^^ 


-» — •0^— #- 


S 


H-f 


■V— V- 


v-&-\ — v— 7- 


s 


& 


3 


N     &> 


ffl 


n   *> 


^ 


1 


^ 


fej=fr^£  ig=f:^i£=g 


*±p= 


^H5- 


light       of       God ;     Walk  in     the   light  of     the  Liv  -  ing.  Walk  in     the  light  of     God. 

light      of       God;     Walk  in    the  light,  in     the   light  of     the  LiT-  ing,  Walk  in     the  lisht  of     God. 


44 


SAVED  BY  FAITH. 


J.  B.  C. 


:.  baltssix. 


1.  I    have  found  re-demption    n    the   Saviour's  blood,  I 

2.  Oil,  how  sweet  the    sto  -  ry    of    his  wondrous  grace !  I 

3.  I      will    sing   of      Je-sus  while  the  days  go     by,     I 

4.  I      will    keep  on    singing   as     I     march  a  -  long,  I 


am  saved 
am  saved 
am  saved 
am  saved 


by  faith 
by  failh 
by   faith 

by  faith 


in  his 

in  his 

in  his 

in  his 


blood  ( in 
blood  (in 
blood  (in 
blood  (in 

A-    4- 


his  blood;) 
his  blood;) 
his  blood ;) 
his  blood;) 


I 


I 


-M- 


-*- 


-Ah 


-M- 


£3: 


-&- 


I  am  sweet  -  ly  trust-ing  in  the  word  of  God, 
1  ■will  trust  in  J«-  sus  while  I  run  my  race, 
I      will  trust    bis    prom-ise — on     his  strength  re    -    ly, 


« 


In     mv  home    in       glo-  ry     this  shall    be 
_k_    JL     JL 


my      song, 


I  am  sared  by 

I  am  saved  by 

I  am  saved  by 

I  am  saved  by 


faith  In 

faith  In 

faith  in 

faith  in 

-f«-  A 


his 
his 
his 
his 


blood, 
blood, 
blood, 
blood. 


T 


-f^ 


i 


^=5C 


S 


'■/    •    v    v 


¥-*£ 


?- 


i 


i 


Chorus. 


-*- 


HSr- 


-I — 

f 


-M- 


=^£ 


-At 


3BBK3 


i      am       saved yes, sweetly    saved,  I     am  saved  by  faith  in  the  blood  he  shed  forme; 

I      am  saved,  sweetly  saved,        I     am  saved,  sweetly  saved, 

"!*-•>--*-  Hkr*"^       A        A-AA      -f8-^       f~  -f-  -f-  -£*-*-     -^- 


I 


SAVED  BY  FAITH, 

N  i 


Concluded, 


45 


-f^-tv 


± 


+-+-*- 


ES 


i*-*- 


-9- 


-*=* 


-&- 


-4,- 


rs: 


_s_ 


1± 5£-», 


I      am      saved, yes.sweetly  saved,  I      am  saved     by      faith      in     his  blood 

I      am  saved,  sweetly  saved,        I      am  saved,  sweetly  saved,  _        _  _  _  A 


±Z 


i=± 


* 


4-H* 


ac 


-» --© 


:ize 


[ 


>— ►-M*-^ 


>-^ 


-V— fi_ 


-fc^-?- 


Fnsras. 


V    9 


V  V 


Uibiowi. 


SHTNEB,  SO. 


P 


& 


J 


-T 


±i 


.   <  Sin   -    ner,  go;       will    you  go  to       the       high  - 

1  Where  the  storms    nev  -  er  blow,  And  the       long 

CO.— And      the  leaves      of       the  bow'rs  In  the      breez 

„  /Where   the  rich,      gold  -  en  fruit  Is         in      bright 

\  And        the  deep   -  lad  -  en  boughs  Of  life's      fair 

D.C. — And      the  verd  -  ure       is  green,  And       e     -     ter    - 


lands 
sum   ■ 
-    es 
clus    - 
tree 
nal 


of 

mer's 

are 

ters 

are 

•    iy 


heav 
giv   - 
fit  - 
pend 
bend  - 
grow 


P|^^S^eS 


I 


v 

■  en?i 

en;  J 

ting. 

tag,] 

ms;l 

-  tag; 


Where  the 


And  where 


i 


3E 


Tr 


V — 9- 


0 


i 


i 


% 


-*->- 


^KS_ 


D.C. 


-A- 


-s 


Sf 


-Ah 


-1. 


bright  bloom -ing  flow'rs  Are     their     o  -  dors       e  -    mit- 
life's      crys  -  tal   stream  Is         un  -  ceas-  ing   -   ly      flow 


7# f f- 

.**         r.  r. 


-V- 


* 


£ 


,T\ 


ting, 
■  ing, 


r 


±— k 


£^k 


-*r 


■v—v- 


^ 


3  Where  the  saints,  robed  in  white — 

Cleansed  in  life's  flowing  fountain — 
Shining  beauteous  and  bright, 

Theyinhabit  the  mountain; 
"Where  no  sin,  nor  dismay, 

Neither  trouble  nor  sorrow, 
Will  be  felt  for  a  day, 

Nor  be  feared  for  the  morrow. 

4  He's  prepared  thee  a  home — 

Sinner,  canst  thou  believe  it? 
And  invites  thee  to  come — 

Sinner,  wilt  thou  receive  it? 
Oh.  come,  sinner,  come, 

For  the  tide  is  receding, 
And  the  Saviour  will  soon, 

And  forever,  cease  pleading. 


E.  C7KFS0N. 


CHILDREN'S  PRAISE  HYMN. 


2> 


B.  £.  inqle. 


^ tf 


J3 


^     _Al_ 


? 


J— * 


-IMU^E 


^ 


1.  Join    in    the  praise  of  our      Cap- tain  so  grand,       Lead- ing     to  vie  -  fry    his    own    chos  -  en    band: 

2.  Suf-  fers  the    sin  -  ful    to        look  un  -  to    him,  Fill  -  ing  each  cup  with  his    love       to       the  brim; 

3.  Hispow'randglo  -  ry  shaLl    shine  o'er  the  world,      From  earth  to  heav-  en     his    flag       be       un-furled; 


£=£ 


%m 


i 


BfkJi>4  ^    r_L= 


£ 


■v-p- 


V    V 


p 


e=fefe=E 


« 


He,  'mid  the  great  ones,  the 
Will  notde-spiso  us  tho' 
Nations  and  kingdoms  shall 


£: 


small-est  will  choose,  Prayers  of   the  weak  he    will   nev  -    er        re-fuse, 
we    may    be  weak,  Al  -  ways  will  lis  -  ten      if      we       will      but  speak, 

know  him    a- right,        Reign  with  him  ev  -  er      in    man  -  sions      of    light. 


-A     A 


-*-=-£— A~ 


i* — A  '  A    A- 


Elf   9-t 


9vS 


-I — ^r 


BE 


is: 


•  £ 


Hk-^Hfcr 


V— ^ 


K=jc 


-v— ^ 


r 


Chorus. 
I 


3t 


=3 


s 


3-- 


ho  -  san      -       -       na.  The  praise  of     Je  -  sus    sing 

Sing  loud  ho-san-na, 


Sing  loud 

Sing  loud  ho-san-na, 


r.  r  r 


ig| 


A — a-'  a:    ,A1 — Al A — A-'-A 


T«-T»- 


:S*z=ac 


f^ 


V     V    V    V 


£ 


HA- 


I 


We'll  shout  and 
-<9-  • 

4= *T 


CHILDREN'S  PEAISE  HYMN.    Gpadudsd. 


i7 


:zfc 


itbt 


$ 


±=fc 


S3 


-w- 


^ 


I 


£ 


TB— #" 


Qlo  -  ry 


"^ 


Swell  loud    the  an  -  them, 
— I A  '    A    A j 


ex  -  alt  -  ing    his  name, 


to     Je  -  sus,  our    sov'  -  reign  King. 


±-K± 


A     A 


s 


*=t 


1 


§S6 


52 


fff 


tfcis: 


-tj  !a   r 


>—?■ 


1/  ^ 


n-  ft 

r\   1 

SOMEEVILLK    CM. 

A 

S.  ZIEFFEE. 
1__ 

V    *'  1 

i 

1 

■ 

JL  ■  •* 

A1  *      A1       ~ 

J                        1 

1 

ws     o     «! 

-j 

Q       I 

IM;    ^     ^ 

«       1 

1.  Dear 

2.  I 

3.  But 

4.  And 

Je   -    sus,    ev 
can  -  not    feel 
I       have  felt 
when,  dear  Sav 

er            at        my      side,       How 
thee       tonch     my     hand,      With 
thee           in        my  thoughts,  Re     - 
■    iour,           I       kneel  down      Morn 

4 

lov 
pres  - 
buk 
-    ing 

ing 

sure 

■  ing 

and 

must 

light 

sin 

night 

thou 
and 
for 
to 

be: 

mild, 

me; 

pray'r, 

«•  * 

'  1      'A 

A   .       A        A 

V\ 

I 

A           A 

A 

A                      1 

tiT-5 

>    9> 

1 

■                     1 

\     n        \ 

J       *>      i 

i             \J       !                 j 

h. 

k.        k           L 

1 

di 

! 

1 

1             i 

r 

I 


* 


I 


§S 


» :   ♦' 


A-5 — A- — £j 


-£H 


4=£ 


-Ah 


* 


^AH 


-<3- 


3= 


like 


from 
art 


-E5- 


— a — 

me 
child, 
thee, 
there. 


To         leave     thy  home 
To        ehecfc     me    as 
And       when    my  heart 
Some  -   thing  there  is 

J2_ 


§jtjr 


ZJETZJAZZfeZ 


my 
loves 
with 


-£- 


heav'n,  to      guard 

moth 

God, 


A  lit    -    tie 

did       When         I         was 
know       The       sweet  -  ness 


my      heart    "Which      tells       me 


-AH 


child 

but 

la 
thou 

-£- 


s 


48     A.  O.K. 


Gently. 


fc) — A> — A — A — A! — Ar- 


THE  EVERGREEN  SHORE. 


A.  3.  EIEFfZS. 


* 


ju±jl±=z=z 


-Ah 


g=£t 


V 


3=2«=£=r=r=r| 


1.  Be-   yond  the  dark  val  -  ley  and  shad-  ow  and  death,    There  bloometh   an     ev  -  er- green    shore; 

2.  Bright  mansions  of  splen-dor     a-  dorn  that  fair  shore,    Still  wa-  ters    of     life    mur-mur    there; 

3.  1Tis      there  that  our   Sav-iour     a     place  has  prepared, —  A  rest  for     the  sheep  of     his      fold; 

4.  Oh,     why  should  we  wander,     in     fol  -   ly    and   sin,       A      -  way  from  that  ev  -  er- green  shore; 


t- 


£ 


^  -p-   ^""^ 


-ff— £ 


£Ei 


F=R 


ijah^e: 


Se^ 


V     V     V    V     V     V- 


V- 


■v—v- 


v—v- 


i^r 


s 


__fc. AJ_ A.' A. Jw . I 3 A. 


*: 


J I I . 1 I  ^ 1 !=f 


i 


♦. — « — « — i — * — i — d 

A      A      Al      Al      A      A         | 


:£* 


-Ah 


» 


t 


'I — At- 


Se  -    cure  from  all  chan- ges     of  sea -son    or    time,  Where  tempests  and  clouds  are    no 

The       glo  -  ry     of    God  and  the  smiles  of     his  love,  A      -     dorn   it    with    ra  -  di  -  ance 

With        A-  bram  and    I  -  saac  and  Ja  -  cob     to  share  The        joys  that  can   nev  -  er     be 

When    Christ  in     his  mer-cy    our  souls  doth  en  -  treat  To         share  its   pure  joys    ev  -  er     - 


-Ah 


more. 
rare, 
told, 
more) 


^- ^ V — •/ — * — V- — ^ — V 1 F — I </ — / 

■ -W*-*-F-0 


&-$—*■ 


i 


t=fe= 


£-±- 


V— ►— f 


5 


Chorus.  , 


£ 


I »       »l * * v 1-  -J— r t» J-# t- n 3 -n ♦ w- 


p  »       9      9       W      V  "  —  '-- ^~      ~p 

There's    rest  on    that  beau- ti  -  ful      shore Sweet    rest    oa    that  ev  -  er- green 

Bhore.bright  shore, 

S    N    N    ,S 


-Ah-1 


-AH 


shore 

shore,sweet 


rest, 


mmm^m 


-f-  #• 


»— »- 


_£_      ^L   JL 


*-» 


f 


5— tst 


-M*-*- 


TEE  B7BB&B3SEN  SHORE.    Concluded. 


-M — AJ — Af- 


*l — *h 


-M— 1- 


:sza: 


* 


-*-«- 

-^-X- 


-N-K-N-lt 


£=* 


>j— -ai — a? — *i — ai — w- 


-AH^ 


Where  sor  -  row  and  sigh -ing   and  darkness  and  death,    And       tempests  and  clouds  are    no      more. 


49 


.,»_    _£.  .ft-  hC_  -ft 


-£— «- 


0 


:fe= 


V^ 


U— V— V- 


W.  A.  OOTJS,  t>y  p»r. 


CALLING-  YOU  TO-BAY. 


WM.  B.  BLAKE. 


=EJ± 


± 


3p 


H- 


J 


1.  Je  -  sus    is      call-  ing, 

2.  Je  -  sus  will    nev  -  er 

3.  Why  will  you    lin  -  ger 


-0-    -0-   -O---0-    -Gh  \j-0-    -S-   B»  6 1--0--0-   -0-    -O- 

"Come  to     mo    nnd  live;"  Hear   ye     his    warning?      Wilt  the Spir- it  grieve? 
Bo      un  -  true   to     you:    Trust  him    for  -  ev  -  er         All  li  fa's  journey  through. 
When  he    bids  you  come?  Christ  will  de  -   liv-er       When  your  life    is    done. 


50 


W.  A.  OQDEN. 


I  LONG  TO  BE  THERE. 


A.  3.  ABBE7, 


B3 


3 


4- 


T) *~ *" 


££ 


;%: 


-r- 


-i — 


3=S 


i-- 


-15- : -j- ^fh   -#f. -=*■  •■    •■   -        ~^--^--%-  -$--%-  ^--j- 

1.  I've      a   home     lar       a- way,     in     the     re  •  gions  iin-mov-  tal,    And    Je  -   sus  my    Saviour 

2.  In     that  home     far        a- way,  flows    a     beau-  ti  -  i'ul  riv  •  er,       A    throne  and    a  king-dom 

3.  I     have   kin  -  dredandfrieiidsioundthatthrone  by   the  riv-er,  Which  stands  in  that  coun- My 

4.  I       am   jour  -   uey  -  ing   ou       to     my   home    by   the  riv  -  er,     And    soon     all  its    glo  -  ries 


3 


a 


is  there ; 

are  there; 

so  fair ; 

I'll  share! 


And    sin  can  -  not  en  -  ter  that  heav  -    en  -  ly     por  -  tal,  I  long,  oh,  I  long  to  be  there. 

They've  built  on     its  mar- gin  and  heav  -    en  -  ly     por -tal,  I  long,  oh,  I  long  to  be  there. 

They  wait  for     me  now  and  they  beck  -    on     me     o  -  ver,  I  long,  oh,  I  long  to  be  there. 

I'll  dwell  with   my  Sa-viour  and  lov'd      ones  for-  ev  -  er,  I  long,  oh,  I  long  to  be  there. 


^« 


-If f?- 


m 


"A— ,»— A- 


£: 


^ff-^-* 


mi 


¥     v 


V  9 


S 


I 


Chorus. 


$=3 


i 


£=£ 


j* 


— A * *| — *| — «p 


Me 


r?«3$7 


*— *- 


There  the  ftow'rs    ev  -  er  spring,  Aud  the  sweet     warblers  sing,    'Mid  «ie  groves 


9*££ 


EH 


£ 


in    the 


e  coun-try   so     fair ; 


~r^=F 


I 


§? 


* 


mm 


s± 


=£=£ 


i 


3C3 


A- 


4 


From  "  Always  WBl.flGifE,"  by  per 


•     V 


U  v  v  v 


i 


i 


i  LONG  TO  BE  THERE.    Cmdudei 


SI 


=S=S= 


P=£ 


g^E^ 


H-4 


J-    *.. 


3: 


rll 


There  the    bright    an  -  gels  stand,  Ev  -  er  -  more       in    that  land,       i       long,  oh,       I    long     to       be     there. 


9*=s^ 


>— r*^-A 


i 


* 


£ 


-V— K— ^ 


S 


£ 


*-*-*- 


ttf    b 


■j/    v 


^— P 


f 


A.S.  s. 


AFTEK  WHILE. 


1.  8.  EIEFFES, 


JMv-£ 


Fine. 


iS* 


i^r^ 


t 


I 


a— fc 


t*-*-* 


3^3 


3 


* 


fa    9i 1" 


3f=3F 


-^ 


HF 


"  y  y  v 

And  our     feet,    now  worn  and 


,   f  Earth  -  ly    cares     will  soon  be    end  -  ed,     Aft  -  er 

(Hearts  are  hands   with  dust  be  blend-ed,     Aft-er 

D.  C— Shall  find    rest  whereskiesare  cheer-y,      Aft-er 


while,    aft  -  er  while ;  1 

while,    aft  -  er  while ;  I 

while,    aft  -  er  while. 

4TN 


fc 


1 


^ 


S 


« 


W—V—W- 


53 


y     y     y 

wea  -  ry        With    life's  path   -    way,   dart     and 


drear 


si- 


& 


^C 


* 


2  We  shall  hail  a  happy  morning 

After  while,  after  while ; 
Zion's  hills  with  light  adorning. 

After  while,  after  while ; 
Even  now  sweet  spirits  meet  us, 
And  to  come  to  them  entreat  us. 
At  heaven's  portals  they  will  greet  us 

After  while,  after  while. 

3  There  beside  the  crystal  river, 

After  while,  after  while ; 
We  shall  praise  thee,  glorious  Giver, 

After  while,  after  while ; 
And  through  all  the  glad  forever, 
We  shall  live  with  Jesus  ever, 
And  shall  part,  no,  never,  never. 

After  while,  after  while. 


TITLE  OLEAK, 


An.  by  T.  C.  O'KATC. 


£=£ 


-t 


H 


£=£ 


-N; — r\ 

i~ i_ 


3=3»t 


"#- *— W 


-Ah- 


iffi 


tit 


-*H 


-*f- 


-3- 


can  read   my     ti  -  tie    clear,  ti  -  tie  c}ear,  When  I 
fare-well     to      ev  -  'ry     fear,  ev  - 'ry  fear,  I'll     bid 

? Wr-Hf-r-f 1 I 1 r- 


can  read  my 
fare-  well   to 


— h — b — hi h — h~ 


ti  -    tie   clear,  title  elear, 
ev  -  'ry    /ear,  kv-tj  fear, 

-#-   H»-   -*-   A 

t — i 1 — t 


When      I    can  read  my  ti-tle      clear 
I'll         bid  farewell  to  by -'ry      fear, 


To    mansions   in     the    skies, )  We  will,  stand  the 

And  wipe  my  weep-ing    eyes.  ]'  We  will  stand,standthest«rm, It  will 


■a..' 


3E£: 


r 


i 


I- 


£=£ 


-fv-f 


S~~ 


^* #" 

Ai-   y- 


-*- 


storm, 
not       be   ver  -  y   long, 

-*-  •  -*-   ■#-  ■#-   •#- 


We  will 
We  will 


an        -       chor  by 

an  -   chor   by    and    by, 


JL  -ft-       i*.  •  JL  JL  f- 


and  by,  by    and    by ; 

We  will         an  -  chor   by    and    by ; 

J*.    _»_        _«_   •  -?L    _fL    ^-    JL 


TITLE  CL1AE.    Concluded. 


3: 


± 


/TN 


fc*g 


-*- 


-Ar- 


We  will  gland  the  storm, 

We  will  stand,stand  thestorm,  It  will    not       be  ver  -  y 


We  will 
long,  We  will 


an 
an 


ana 
and 


* 


lf- 


i. 


f^iHH*- 


chor   by 
chor  by 

.  ■#■  ^  -*-*- 

h — i — i — t— 


by. 
toy. 


^e-M^K- 


V    y 


»z 


-rV-^ 


_^_^___V 


9      7   ?~V~       V 

!  3  Let  caTes,  like  a  wild  deluge,  come, 
Let  storms  of  sorrow  fall ; 
So  I  but  safely  reach  my  borne, 
■1         My  God,  nay  iieaven,  my  all.— Cho. 

PRAY  EOE  THE  WA2TLEEEE1 


3  Should  earth  against  my  soul  engage. 
And  fiery  darts  be  hurled. 
Then  I  can  smile  at  Satan's  rage, 
And  face  a  frowning  world.— <3h<s. 

Ear.  C.  £.  SOII- 


4  There  I  shall  'bathe  my  weary  soul 
In  seas  of  heavenly  rest. 
And  not  a  wave  of  trouble  roll 
Across  my  peaceful  breast.— CHO. 


A.  S.  XIEJTEE. 


1.  Far  '    in   the    des  -ertwild^ 

2.  Ten  -  der  -  Iy   bid  they  come, 

3.  Plead  now  at    rner  -cy's  gate 

4.  Pray;  and  with  love  en-treat, 


Walking  a    drear  -  y  way ;  Suff '-ringand  sin-de-fl ted ;—  Go-ing  a  -  stray ! 
Back  from  sin's  wilderness ;  Come  to  our  Fatbe-r^ebome,  Saved  by  his  grace, 
Foreacb  poor  wand  ring  one,  Soon  it  will   be  too  late,  Life  w&13>9   gone- 
All  who  by    sin  ar-epr-essed,  BidiZieniat  J.e-  sns'  feet,  Find  endless  rest. 

A  W  ri A  &  ■  A — AAi.i'!     "i 1 — h— F- 


:t?c 


— r  1  I  r  I     i~r — ' — = 

ftfrfFfff 


£S 


r 


n 


I 


=t 


1 


4=J 


£^i_ 


-B- 


*Z& 


-9] — ar-! 

-jSS — S— 1 


5— »- 


#— *- 


■4tit 


-a-5-*-*?- 


-#— «- 


&- 


for   the   wan- derer,   Pray  for  the   wan-dev-er,    Go- in 

A— * A  '  A   A   «   A A     A   i-A-H — |— 


HE 


i— t 


H h 


rz— b> 


f 


-+- 


^=^ 


&UtJi. 


a  -  stray  I 


*=t 


RT^t 


1 


LEAD  ME  Off, 


.  P0LL0CI,  by  jtr. 


i.  Lead 
2.  With 
a.  Thro' 


me  safe  -  Iy  on  by  she  nar-row  way  From  the  shores  of 
a  Shep-herd's  care  thro'  the  nigbtand  day, Keep  me  close  to 
the  storms    of       life,    'mid  the       o-  ceansfoam.  Lead  me    safe-ly 


time    to 

thee   lest 

OD         tO 


the  realms  of    day  ; 

I        go       a  -  st  ray  ; 
my  heav'nly  home; 


p.  -J— 9--? 


-*-*■ 


gr 


y.   * 

By     the  cross  of 

Lead  me    safe  -  ly 

At      the  fount  of 


^-^ 


■*■ 


-*- 


g±L^:i-Ff 


bf 


-a- 


i 


T: 


Christ  may     I       er    -    «     stand,    As 
on         by     thy     ten  -  dej      love.  Thro' 
life        on     the    otU    -    er      shore.  Let 


I  four-  ney  on  to 
this  world  of  sin  to 
me    free-  ly  drink  till 


Jt.    JL   .SL   .ft-  JL> 


the     bet  -  ter  land. 

my  homo   a  -  bove- 

I     thirst  no   more. 

-B-       a  /TS 

-&-   -fc- 


Chosws.  . 

n    ft       r\       £ 

f           _T  J* 

*       N 

'          [          1 

V    *f             _P 

o    •                            ■  •  W 

_p 

.  ■ 

JL       «'  ■   ^ 

j  .               j  .  ^ 

n       i       i      a' 

;      1 

rm 

■5*1 

i(y      v. 

x^          £»     #       »           j«»              ^ 

w    A  •    A     A       *       ^ 

_.*  •  1 

Lead      me      on,    w         w                lead  me     on,      .         .                      By        the  straight  and      nar  -  row    way ; 
Lead    me     on,                              lead      me     on,                     . 

RiHl^i 

4*44 

|A  .      A 

A__A-1_'A- 

A          /           A          A 

^l 

V    TI      X 

*  !/    0        * 

-£-V tf— 

U £- 

-i —     — U 

#J 

i 


fa^ 


&.-L 


LEAD  Ml  ON.    Conclude! 
IV    ^    _| 


55 


BE 


gl 


*=h^ 


■* — gr 


irf~i^ 


-*r- 


"  ~  U  P  i  ~  b    p  i      u 

Lead  me      on,  lead    me     on,  To         the  realms    of       end  -   less      day. 

Lead  me  on,  lead      me    on. 


p£ 


■#-•  -*■ 


<M^ 


i 


& 


lO-  ._ 


'A   .       A        A 


i 


KE7T7E  US. 


f=^l 


41 


EngllBh  HeMy. 


3 


^ 


S£ 


♦     ♦ 


=3=3 


3RHT 


-AH- Ah 


3=3=^=2 


-4f- 


TT-T 


■^— ^" 


1.  All     glo-ry  and  praise    be    to      Je-sus,our  Lord,     So 

2.  To      us     he  hatli   giv  -  en    the   gift  from  a  -  bove—  The 

3.  Ye      all  may  re  -  eeiye   who  on     Je  -  sua    do    call.      The 


^ 


1»     l»     1» 


-&- 


^^ 


«-* 


plenteous  in  grace,  and  so  true  to  his  word, 
earn-est  of  beav-  en,  the  spir  -  it  of  lore. 
gift  of   his  spir  -  it— 'Hs   proffered  to      all. 


It    ft    It 


&* 


-f- 


^ 


± 


^Z^£ 


£ 


r*=^ 


>~^ 


-+- 


2§r 


-=t- 


■V-V- 


Chobus. 


i 


T&^-e^-o- 


i 


-*-^ 


3s£ 


H- 


fc 


^A+- 


-£*- 


U    p    (      i      *  •  *  '  *    * '  ' T '  v     '  * 

Hal  -  la   -  hi  -  jah !  Thine  the     glo  -  ry,     Hal  -  le  -  lu  -  jan,    A  -  men. 

Hal-le   -   lu  -  jah !  Thine  the     glo-ry,    [Omit — ]        Re  -  vive 


9i 


«■  «  S> 


I*   >   :*  •-£ 
T    k  ft 


_A  •  X 
~p /- 


j2- 


-    gain. 


3*=£=£: 


I 


56 


J.  1  BAKDB. 


&GD  BE  WITH  YOU. 


W.  S.  TOOMES,  lypsr. 


J  •  J    J    J    J  ^= 


Till    we     meet, till    we    meet.  Till    we   meet    at 

Till  we  meeMfll    vre   meet    %  -  gain. 


— #-#- 

^i^ 


-A-   A -'-A.    A- 


^ 


£ 


n 


=£ 


tai   we  meet; 


-9    m    0    •  ■* 
r    u    u    * 


i^g 


GOD  BE  WITH  YOU.    Concluded. 


=P^ 


57 


£ 


-+■ 


-Ah 


SEE 


I 


HE 


j&: 


v      3; 


rr^-^r 


AT 

Till    we 


1/      F 


meet, '    till     we       meet,  God    be    with  you    till     we  meet 

Till  we  meet,   till     we    meet    a -gain, 


55 


ft  ffA.,ff 


«at 


J- 


mn 


— ^ 


?- 


*— ►— >--K-Mv 


M— V- 


\&  \i/ 


v—v- 


■b-v- 


CHAS.  WESLE7. 


HAIL  THE  DAY!    (Easter.) 


i 


I: 


-i I- 


I 


^-^T-F 


-y — ! — bw-tf-  -♦— »     '     '.  I 1 — n-f 

4^fhWT*l*  jj  AJ   A  i^g1} 


-«— ^j 


is 


H — I- 


W«.  B.  BLAKE. 


-♦-«■ 


^    ^.  P 


-&. 


1 


AH&H 


B- 


2 


1.  Hailthedaythatseeshimrise,Hal-le  -  lu 

2.  Circled  round  with  angel  pow'rs,Halle  -  lu 

3.  See,  he  lifts  his  hands  above,Hal-le  -   lu 


g=S 


±*3 


t*-^    -p-^f-T-k 


$qs= 


J--* 


jah! 
jah! 
jah! 


Ravish'dfromourwishfuleyes.Halle  -  lu 
Theirtriumpliant  Lord  and  ours, Halle-  lu 
See.he  shows  the  prints  of  love,Halle  -  lu 


\ 


11.M3S 


-H 


_<^ 


"4 


jah! 
jah ! 
jah! 


£t 


H 1 »-#- 


! 1 »-»- 

t 1 1 £.- 


1      i      »    k*"*" 


-fc 


* 


-^^5- 


v  -3- 


■£-*-- 


-i — i — i 


V9 


i 


1 


Eefraix. 


73^-^ 


M-* 


^ 


-*— *- 


«l   A'     Ai- 


4-4- 


32; 


-en-i 


£±fr*N: 


zszs: 


:*z* 


*-+ 


:?_l^; 


^? 


:& 


-a- 


Hal  -  le  -  lu  -  jah !  lial  -  le  -  lu  -  jah !  A    -    -     men 

A     fc  9-  .p.  ^  _e_  ja.  j2_  42.   o 

_ *__ t_j — 1 c — _.ag  *  y   ; 1 ,_! 1 ,_j 


Hal  -  le-lu-jaU!  hal  -  le  -lu-jah!   A 


=r^ 


1 


-k-M- 


-s>- 


1^ 


=£ 


#-  I  ■*>- V 


5»4t 


»H h 

H r— t- 


-B- 


■^ 


-«- 


-V-h 


-H 


L&- 


UNDER  HIS  WINGS 


ASA  HULL,  '07  por. 


soul       sweet-  ly 


-9- 


slngs : 


£ 


from    all       dan  -  ger,  While       un    -    der       his  wings. 
P..  ^s.  _*•_         m  -A- 


-HFl=l 


::i: 


..b- 


/TV 


£ 


P~ P" 


± 


+ 


iti 


2  I  dread  not  the  terror  by  night, 

No  arrow  can  harm  me  by  day ; 
His  shadow  has  covered  me  quite, 
My  fears  he  has  driven  away. 

3  The  pestilence  walking  about, 

When  darkness  has  settled  abroad, 
Can  never  compel  mo  to  doubt 
The  presence  and  power  of  God. 


4  The  wasting  destruction  at  noon, 
No  fearful  foreboding  can  bring; 
With  Jesus,  my  soul  doth  commune, 
His  perfect  salvation  I  sing. 

6  A  thousand  may  fall  at  my  side. 

Ten  thousand  upon  my  right  hand; 
Above  me  his  wings  are  spread  wide, 
Beneath  them  in  safety  I  stand. 


WHQ  ABE  THESE  IN  BRIGHT  ARRAY? 


Dr.  H.  B.  PALMES. 


59 


Sop.  Soxo.      3 


-l*-»- 


-I — h 


-a— fc 


-#— ; g-j— ^ 


M*-# 


i^ 


-w- 


=P=F 


-« — #- 


H— h 


:£t 


Who    are     these    in     bright  ar  -  ray  ? 
Sop  &  Alto. 


Who    are     these    in    bright  ar  -  ray  ? 


3E 


-fc 


£— i^— fc 


^ 


=rV=¥ 


*=« 


^-•-w 


Tenor  &  Bass. 


m 


± 


-At-   -AHAr    ^4h    -Ah     v 
"Who  are  these, who  are  these? 


p  p      p  •  f* 


=PC5qszj5=ft 


i/    p 


-tr-^ 


Who  are  these  ? 


mm 


i 


?3f 


_*_#-• 


»& 


# 


:£* 


i 


These  are  they  wlio  washed  their  robes  in  the  blood  of  the  Lamb,These  are  they,        These  are  they. 


!  .      U  I        U  U 


b  Lb 

The3e  are  they  who  wasiied  their  robes  in  the  blood  of  the  Lamb.These  are  they  who  washed  their  robes  in  the  blood  of  the  Lamb. 


60 


WHO  AEE  THESE  IN  BRIGHT  ARRAY?    Continued. 


Faster. 


H- 


«=«=« 


3 


-A— £ 


& 


-fV- N- 


k_N 


33 


tlZS^Zjf^ 


3 


afc-fc* 


i^:fc* 


r=^ 


^^ 


▼ — ▼- 


There  -  fore  they  stand  be  -  fore  the  throne,  cry-  in 
#-       -0'-0-    -0'^      0-'&- 


9±&E&^l& 


£? 


-a- 


i — *- 


"Blessing, 
-9-   -0- 


*=£ 


glo  -  ry, 
0    -0- 


-tfc — 14- 


wis-  dora, 


l=£ 


hon  -  or. 


t 


||E| 


b^— ?— t^— V— *—  9- 


4- 


-^— V- 


y    • 


JNfefe&^fe 


<£=«: 


-fK- 


5=5 


^ 


rt 


2fcl 


Pow  -  er, 

g 


igg 


and  might  be  un  -  to    God,     er  -  er,  world  with- out  end."         They  shall  hun-  ger    no  more,  Neither 


PS 


i± 


p-v— ?-^— g- 


:f 


-lr-+ 


K 


^H 


•      P 


/      ? 


*— #--*-!•- 


5±£ 


N     N     N     N 

H r-x— N 1 


-« — Vt — w — m — -d — m 


0 — 0- 


=Sfc« 


« 


thirst  an 
-A-  -*-, 


i        U      P 
y   more,  For   the  Lamb  up  -  on    the  throne  shall  feed  them ;   They  shall  walk    by  the  streams  of    the 


~_£; 


=£=R 


*£ 


£-*-£- 


r-^ 


V     V 


I 


HE 


S9 


M 


WHO  ARE  THESE  IN  BEICJHT  AEEAY?    Concluded. 

IS   Pv   rs 


£— l*H*- 


61 

Repeat  pp. 


5 


i=rtEES^=3 


y-g-fhfi?  »'»• 


;^- 


fountain   ol  life,  For  the  Lamb  up- on  the  throne  shall  lead  them: 


-Au    -^-    -Ah 
For    the  Lamb  up-on  the  throne  shall  lead  them. 


i 


£ 


BUETNEE.    CM. 

.q=^=c: 


W.  H.  EIEFFEE. 


H 


^el — 1 


*t 


1.  A  -    maz 

2.  'Twas  grace 

3.  Thro'    ma 


3= 


rh 


3: 


1 — i- 


ing  grace!     how    sweet 

that  taught       my    heart 

ny  dan    -    gers,    toi  Is 

I 


-4- 


E£ 


* 


-61- 


the      sound    That 
to       fear,       And 
and    snares        I 


sl- 


saved 
grace 
have 

-P- 


a        wretch      like     me! 

my         fears         re  -  lieved; 

al     -     read    -     y       come; 


-h 


mn 


*■ 


t=t 


i 


fc± 


-19- 


1— 


-ei- 


-&h 


-*h 


-£h 


^& 


-a  - 


m=& 


I  once  was  lost,  but  now 
How  pre  -  cious  did  that  grace 
'Tis      grace       that  brought     me       safe 


am 
ap 

thus 


IP 

found, 
pear 
far, 


-AH 


-£h 


-£lh 


r 


_u_. 


Was  blind, 
The  hour 
And       grace 


but 

I 
will 


now 

first 
lead 


1 

be 
mo 


see. 
lieved! 
home. 


1 !£r- 


-I- 


1- 


-e- 


Si 


62 


OH,  HOW  LOVELY  IS  SION! 


rs-m — 


=t 


*=* 


* 


*-*: 


•  Bj 


tS=5: 


ES 


*t-»-* 


cit  -  y     ol    our     God! 

A-A-A- 

—e--o — 


= 


3=S 


£ 


h 


4_.  a1     *  3/    a_ 

Zi  -  on,     cit  -  y      ol     our       God! 

■0~'-0—9 — 0- 


-&- 


-d—*- 


m*H 


0  k  Fl 


Joy    and     peace  shall    dwell      in 

-A-       A  -A-      . 


-<9- 


4- 


/^  /c\   /r\ 


"iK 


s 


-rs- 


thee,     In    thee,      O      Zi  -  on,  thou    cit  -  y     ot     God!    Joy  and     peace 


-f — + 


I^FF^ 


shall  dwell   in  thee,  Joy    and 


m 


A  A    A  AA-A 


»— tf 


./C*\     -C\ 


I 


E-  E  a 


£ 


Vi/ 


T 


OH,  HOW  LOVELY  IS  ZION!    Concluded. 

Slow. 


53 


W 


Tti 


9 •- 


lv*ft£- 


-^— S-— - 


-Ah 


at 


4: 


i 


"W- 


q — h 


3t 


-f-^r 


peace 


shall  dwell  In  thee, 


M 


'» 


Joy      and  peace    shall     dwell       in     thee,    shall     dwell 

-A-   -*-"" 


in     thee, 


the 


I 


)-—■— 


-+r 


-h 


f=T 


1 


f 


I:. 


DOXOLOGY 


TO.  3.  BLAZE. 


S 


} 


=4= 


^ — Al     S  Al  Al     A- 


©- 


P— »~^= 


I 


-41- 


^-IjU- 


*B£ 


*. 


aw=f 


Si 


-AJ- 


H — h 


Son, 


Un  -  to  the  King,  e  -  ter- nal,im- inor-tal  and  in  -  vis  -  i-  Die,  The    on -ly  wise  God,  and     Je-sus,his 


-I,  i    P 


-»-»- 


->-- r  p  *  a' 


X 


f 


t 


J»-M* 


i 


I: 


i 


l/TN 


i 


-Ah~AF 


* 


'*  -*" 


Be       hon  -  or 


Ah 


he=£ 


Al    Al    Al    Al 


■^— ^r 


-Ah 


:q: 


-et- 

-£J- 


n 


W 


pi 


and    glo  -  ry, 


and    wis-dom,andthanksgiv-ing.     A 


# 


£=S 


S 


»— #- 


££ 


£ 


+-    -kr    -fcr 


-I- 


men,   a  -  men,    a   -   men. 

42.  -^'    ^        N- 


»      N      P> 


-£- 


4s> — ©- 


^ 


-P 


I 


64 


INDEX. 


-rAGE. 

A  Sinner  Like  Me 7 

A  Little  Light 17 

After  While 51 

Battle  Hymn 18 

Burtner 61 

Close  to  Jesus 11 

Clifton 15 

Come  to  Me 33 

Children's  Praise  Hymn 46 

Calling  You  To-Day 49 

Doxology 63 

Easter  Lilies 12 


Golden  Sheaves 

Greeting  Song 

God  Be  With  You 


Home  of  the  Soul 39 

How  Joyful  the  Meeting 40 

Hail  the  Day 57 


Is  My  Name  Written  There. 

I  Would  be  Ready,  Lord 

I  Long  to  be  There 


20 

ai 

50 


Jesus  is  Coming  Again f. 24 

Little  Ones  Like  Me 5 

LoDg  Time  Ago 21* 

Little  Moses 27 

Let  Me  Cling  to  Thee  ....: 34 

Let  Me  Never  Leave  Thee 42 

Lead  Me  On _ 64 

Marching  Home..... 36 


PAGE. 

Oh  !  How  Lovely  is  Zion 62 

Pray  for  the  Wanderer 53 

Revive  Us 55 

Say,  Are  You  Ready 16 

Sing  His  Praise 22 

Sing  to  His  Glory 41 

Saved  by  Faith 44 

Sinner,  Go 45 

Somerville _ 47 


The  Wondrous  Story 

The  Healing  Flood 

The  Beautiful  Shore 

The  Eden  of  Love 

The  Cleansing  Fountain. 
The  Ocean  Grove  Song  . 


4 

6 

8 

9 

1.9 

23 

The  Happy  Land 25 

The  Lily  of  the  Valley 28 

The  Promised  Land  _ 35 

The  Swoet  Story  of  Old 38 

The  Evergreen  Shore 48 

Through  the  Valley  in  Peace 37 

Tell  T7s  Something  More 13 

To-Day ! 29 

Title  Clear 52 

Under  His  Wings 58 

Why  Not  Now 10 

Will  You  Come 26 

Walk  in  the  Light _.„ 43 

Who  Are  These  in  Bright  Array * 59 


Zionward^ 
Zacehens... 


:""n^-rz 


3 

14 


THE    SINGING-SCHOOL. 


Note  1. — It  has  been  the  object  of  the  author  to  present, 
in  a  few  brief  chapters,  the  most  important  things 
under  the  different  heads  which  music  is  treated 
upon,  necessary  to  enable  the  learner  to  gain  suffi- 
cient knowledge  to  read  music  correctly.  It  will  be 
necessary  to  study  the  following  chapters  closely, 
however,  as  nothing  is  contained  in  them  which  is 
not  of  importance  to  the  student.  They  are  divested 
of  all  unnecessary  terms,  and  the  teacher,  it  is  hoped, 
will  use  his  influence  to  secure  good  discipline  upon 
the  subject,  remembering  that  "repetition  is  the 
mother  of  improvement." 


CHAPTER  I. 

GENERAL  DIVISIONS. 
Every  musical  tone  has  three  essential  properties,  with- 
out which  it  cannot  exist,  viz : — 

Pitch,  Length,  Power. 

Hence  these  three  grand  distinctions  into  which  element- 
ary instruction  in  music  is  naturally  divided : — 

1st.  Melody,  treating  of  the  pitch  of  sounds. 
2d.   Rhythm,  treating  of  the  length  of  sounds. 
3d.   Dynamics,  treating  of  the  power  of  sounds. 

Under  these  three  general  heads  will  be  noticed  every- 
thing necessary  to  assist  the  pupil  in  learning  to  read  music. 


CHAPTER  II. 


MELODY. 


1.  The  Scale. — At  the  foundation  of  music  there 
lies  a  series  of  sounds  called  the  Scale.  It  consists  of  an 
ascending  series  of  eight  tones,  which  are  counted  from 
the  lowest  upwards,  aa  one,  two,  three,  Jour,  five,  six,  seven, 
eight,  and  to  which  the  syllables  Do,  Be,  Mi,  Fa,  Sot,  La, 
Si,  Do,  are  applied. 

2.  The  Staff.— The  tones  of  the  scale  are  written 
upon  a  Staff  with  certain  characters  called  Notes.  The 
staff  consists  of  five  lines  and  four  intermediate  spaces. 
On  this  staff  we  can  write  nine  degrees  of  sound,  although 
th«  compass  of  the  staff  may  be  increased  by  the  ad- 
dition of  lines  and  spaces.  These  are  called  added  lines 
above  and  added  lines  below.  Also  spaces  above  and  spaces 
below.  Each  line  is  called  a  degree.  Each  space  is  called 
a  degree. 

Added  line  above.      


Added  line  below. 


THE   SINGING-SCHOOL. 


3.  Clefs. — The  stair,  however,  is  a  meaningless 
character  of  itself,  and  of  no  use  until  we  prefix  other 
characters  to  it,  called  Clefs.  Of  these  there  are  two  in 
use — the  G  clef  and  the  F  clef,  as  follows ; — 


F  clef. 


G  clef. 


With  the  use  of  the  foregoing  characters  mentioned  in 
the  preceding  paragraphs,  we  can  form  a  starting  point 
for  writing  music. 

We  can  now  write  the  scale  in  the  following  manner : 


:«=± 


-*- 


^=rS 


1 


Do,    Re.   Mi.    Fa,    Sol,    La,    Si.    Do. 

With  the  use  of  the  F  clef  the  scale  would  stand  thus 
upon  the  staff: — 

-P- 


-B—P- 


±: 


:t=t 


±: 


Do,    Ke,   Ml,    Fa.    Sol,    La,    Si,    Do. 

4.  Steps  and  Half-Steps.— The  intervals  of  the 
Bcale  are  seven.  Some  of  these  are  greater  than  others. 
The  greater  intervals  are  called  steps  ;  the  lesser  intervals 
are  called  half-steps.  Their  order  is,  from  Do  to  Ke,  a 
step ;  from  He  to  Mi,  a  step ;  from  Mi  to  Fa,  a  half-step ; 
from  Fa  to  Sol,  a  step ;  from  Sol  to  La,  a  step ;  from  La 
to  Si,  a  step ;  from  Si  to  Do,  a  half-step. 


6.  Numerals.— Numerals  are  used  to  designate  the 
different  degrees  of  the  scale  series,  as  1,  3,  5,  7,  4,  6,  of 
the  scale.  One  always  designates  Do,  two  designates  Ke, 
three  designates  Mi,  etc.  Numerals  are  also  used  to  in- 
dicate the  time,  and  are  written  on  the  staff,  fractionally, 
at  the  beginning  of  a  tune. 

6.  Letters. — Letters  are  also  written  upon  the  staff. 
Tbey  occur  in  regular  order,  counting  upward  from  the 
lower  line  of  each  staff  Their  position  is  filed.  Notes 
may  be  written  on  different  degrees  of  the  staff,  but 
letters  occur  always  in  the  same  regular  order.  The 
Clef  fixes  the  position  of  the  letter,  but  the  first  sound 
of  the  scale  may  be  written  on  either  line  or  space  of  the 
staff  by  the  use  of  characters  which  will  be  given  in  due 
time.     The  letters  on  the  staff  stand  thus: — 


G  clef. 


,  -A- 


-E- 


F  clef. 

n  -C- 

£~\° 

F    «"                      1 

Up 

— ;,     d-k                     1 

t,     A                                                                      I 

-E-  ' 

7.  Sharps,  Flats,  and  Naturals.— These  are 

characters  which  affect  the  pitch  of  tones  on  the  staff.  A 
Sharp  is  a  character  which,  when  placed  before  a  note, 
raises  its  pitch  a  half-step ;  a  Flat,  placed  before  a  note, 
lowers  its  pitch  a  half-step ;  a  Natvral  is  used  to  cancel 


THE  SINGING-SCHOOL. 


the  effect  of  a  sharp  or  fiat.  The  effect  of  a  sharp,  a  flat, 
or  a  natural,  continues  to  operate  on  all  the  notes  on  the 
same  degree  of  the  staff  in  that  measure  in  which  it 
occurs.  By  the  aid  of  these  characters  we  can  introduce 
intermediate  tones  hetween  one  and  two,  two  and  three, 
four  and  five,  five  and  six,  and  six  and  seven  of  the  scale. 
No  intermediate  tone  can  be  introduced  between  three 
and  four,  and  between  seven  and  eight,  as  a  half-step 
is  the  smallest  practical  interval  known  in  musical  no- 
tation. 


Sharp. 


Flat. 


Natural. 


IJjjl^i^^pdEpi 


8.  Diatonic  Intervals. — In  addition  to  the  reg- 
ular steps  and  half-steps  of  the  scale,  and  the  intermedi- 
ate tones  already  mentioned,  there  are  yet  other  intervals 
occasioned  by  skipping.  A  second  from  1  to  2  of  the 
scale ;  a  third  from  1  to  3  of  the  scale  ;  a  fourth  from  1  to 
4  of  the  scale,  etc.  A  second  is  always  the  interval  made 
by  any  one  given  scale-tone  to  the  next  above  it.  A 
third,  from  any  given  scale-tone  to  the  second  one  above 
it.  A  fourth,  a  fifth,  a  sixth,  a  seventh,  are  found  by  a  sim- 
ilar course  of  reckoning.     For  example: — 

Second.    Third.  Fourth.    Fifth.     Sixth.     Seventh. 


i 


-£f 


^ 


■e>- 


CHAPTER  III. 


Note  2. — In  practicing  a  Singing-School  in  Rhythm, 
the  teacher  will  find  a  blackboard  almost  indispens- 
able. Let  him  illustrate  time-measures,  notes,  rests, 
etc.,  until  eacli  pupil  can  answer  correctly.  We  do 
not  form  questions  on  each  chapter,  as  we  think  the 
teacher  should  do  that,  because  it  will  enable  him  to 
vary  his  questions  until  he  is  satisfied  that  all  the 
pupils  understand  the  subject. 

9.  Notes. — Music  is  written  with  characters  called 
Notes.  Notes  have  two  shapes  or  forms.  A  figurative 
form,  which  represents  the  syllables  applied  to  them.  A 
rhythmical  form,  which  represents  the  length  of  sounds. 
There  are  five  rhythmical  notes  in  common  use.  They 
are  named  Whole,  Half,  Quarter,  Eighth,  and  Sixteenth  note. 

10.  Rests. — There  are  rhythmical  characters  called 
Rests.  Each  note  has  its  corresponding  rest,  which  is 
named  after  the  note  whose  rhythmical  value  it  repre- 
sents. Rests  are  marks  of  silence,  and  should  be  observed 
as  particularly  as  the  notes  themselves. 

11.  Diagram  of  Notes  and  Rests:— * 

We  write  the  Wliole  note  thus  :       Q      Rest,  thus :     -■■■ 

We  write  the  Half  note  thus :  "      "         -»■' 


We  write  the  Quarter  note  thus :  '"      " 

We  write  the  Eighth  note  thus  ■      f,         "      " 


1 


6 


THE  SINGING-SCHOCt 


12.  Notes  and  Bests. — Notes  and  rests  nave  not 
a  positive  but  only  a  relative  length.  The  Whole  note  is 
the  governing  or  ruling  power  in  Rhythm.  If  we  sing 
the  Whole  note  in  six  seconds,  the  Half  note  must  be  sung 
in  three  seconds,  the  Quarter  note  in  one-and-a-half  sec- 
onds, the  Eighth  note  in  three-quarters  of  a  second,  and 
the  Sixteenth  note  in  three-eighths  of  a  second.  If  we 
allow  four  seconds  to  the  Whole  note,  then  the  Half  note 
must  receive  but  two  seconds  for  its  time,  th»  Quarter 
note,  one  second,  etc 

13.  Measures. — Notes  and  rests,  when  written  on 
the  staff  in  a  piece  of  music,  are  divided  into  equal 
portions,  called  Measures.  Measures  are  represented  to 
the  eye  by  the  interspaces,  separated  from  each  other  by 
perpendicular  lines,  called  Bars. 

To  illustrate: — 


Measure.     Bar. 


Broad     Double 
Bar.        Bar. 


Close. 


I 


?^c 


-I 1 h 


~h 


musi 


14.  Bars. — There  are  four  kinds  of  bars  in  use. 
The  Common  Bar,  used  to  divide  the  staff  into  measures 
of  equal  time ;  the  Broad  Bar,  used  for  marking  the  end 
of  a  musical  sentence  or  line  of  poetry  ;  the  Double  Bar, 
used  to  mark  the  end  of  a  Repeat,  the  beginning  of  a 
Chorus,  or  at  the  change  of  time ;  and  the  Close,  used  at 
the  end  of  a  tune. 

15.  Pauses. — These  ar«  rhythmical  characters  used 
within  the  compass  of  the  staff,  acd  for  the  purpose  of 


protracting  the  length  of  notes.  A  Pause  over  or  under 
a  note  protracts  it  about  one-third  its  original  length, 
though  it  is  not  an  absolute  character,  and  the  time  to  be 
given  to  a  pause  is  left  to  the  taste  of  the  performer. 
Sometime1?  it  requires  a  much  greater  length  than  at 
others.  There  should  always  be  a  momentary  suspension 
of  the  voice  after  the  pause  has  been  duly  given  to  the 
note. 

16.  Points. — The  length  of  notes  and  rests  is  often 
increased  by  writing  Dots  or  Points  after  them.  A  point 
adds  one-half  to  the  length  of  a  note  or  rest  after  which 
it  is  placed.  See  following  illustrations  of  the  two  pre- 
ceding paragraphs : — 


Paused  Notes. 


EXAMPLE. 
Pointed  Notes. 


Pointed  Notes. 


Pi 


jz 


i 


/C\  rrs 


Thus  the  learner  will  Bee  that  the  pointed  Whole  note 
equalB  three  Half  notes  in  length  ;  the  pointed  Half  note 
equals  three  Quarters  in  length;  the  pointed  Qu^'ter 
equals  three  EighthB  in  length,  etc. 

17.  Of  Time. — Time  in  music  is  that  length  which 
we  give  to  each  note  in  a  piece  of  music,  relative  to  the 
Whole  note. 


THE  SINGING-SCHOOL. 


18.  Of  Movement. — There  are  three  movements 
of  Tune— Common  or  Even  Time,  Triple  or  Uneven  Time, 
and  Compound  Time.  Common  time  is  divided  into 
double  and  quadruple  measures.  Those  measures  which 
divide  into  two  parts  are  called  Double,  and  those  which 
divide  into  four  parts  are  called  Quadruple. 

19.  Of  Variety. — The  various  measures  of  Time 
used  in  this  work  will  be  expressed  in  the  following 
manner,  viz. : — 


^PP 


By  the  use  of  notes,  points,  rests,  and  other  rhythmical' 
characters,  an  endless  combination  of  tinie-measurei  may 
be  written  in  the  above  indicated  measures. 

20.  Primitive  Measures. — A  measure  is  called 
primitive  when  it  contains  the  number  and  kind  of  notes 
which  the  fraction  expresses.  For  instance,  in  Double 
Time  the  measure  must  contain  two  Half  notes  or  two 
Quarters ;  in  Quadruple  Time,  four  Half  notes  or  four 
Quarters ;  in  Triple  Time,  three  Half  notes,  three  Quar- 
ters, or  three  Eighths ;  and  in  Compound  Time,  six 
Quarters  or  six  Eighth  notes. 

21.  Derivative  Measures. — Measures  which  do 
not  contain  the  number  and  kind  of  notes  called  for  by 
the  fraction  expressing  the  time,  are  Derivatives.    Deriv- 


ative measures  must  contain  the  quantity  expressed  by 
the  fraction  in  other  notes  and  rests. 

22.  Of  Ties. — It  is  frequently  necessary  to  sing  or 
warble  three  or*  more  notes  to  one  syllable  of  verse. 
These  notes  are  always  tied  together  by  a  curved  line 
over  or  under  them.  These  are  called  Grouped  or  Tied 
notes. 

23.  Triplets. — These  are  frequently  met  with  in 
pieces  of  music  Three  notes  tied  together  with  the 
figure  S  over  or  under  them,  are  required  to  be  sung  in 
the  earn*  time  as  two  of  the  same  denominational  value 
without  the  figure  3.     Illustrations  of  ties  and  triplets : 


Group* 


Triplets. 


i 


— 1 — h 


I 


24.  Repeats. — A  line  of  dots  placed  across  the 
staff  indicates  that  the  strain  following  is  to  be  repeated 
to  the  Double  Bar.  Da  Capo  (D.C.)  means  to  repeat 
from  the  beginning,  closing  at  the  word  Fine  written 
above  the  stall. 


THE  SINGING-SCHOOL. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

DYNAMICS   OK   POWER. 

Note  3. — We  have  treated  of  tones  in  the  preceding 
chapters  as  being  merely  high  and  low,  and  long  and 
sliort.  We  now  treat  sounds  as  being  lovd  and  soft. 
No  teacher  can  drill  his  class  too  much  in  expression 
and  in  accent,  for  they  are  the  soul  of  music.  With- 
out these  all-important  requisites,  singing  is  a  dull, 
lifeless  performance,  unworthy  the  name,  and  with- 
out the  power  of  music. 

25.  Accent. — Accent  is  a  particular  stress  of  the 
Toice  given  to  certain  notes  in  a  measure  of  music,  and 
to  certain  syllables  in  a  line  of  poetry. 

26.  Accent  in  Measures  of  Double  Time. 

— The  first  note  in  a  measure  is  invariably  accented.  In 
primitive  measures  there  is  but  one  accent — the  first  part 
is  accented,  the  second  is  unaccented ;  though  measures 
may  be  arranged  in  this  movement  so  a3  to  take  as  many 
accents  as  beats. 

27.  Accent  of  Quadruple  Measures. — Prim- 
itive measures  contain  four  notes,  expressed  by  the  frac- 
tion, and  the  accent  is  on  the  first  and  third,  the  second 
and  fourth  being  unaccented.  These  measures  may  also 
be  arranged  to  take  as  many  accents  as  beats. 

28.  Accents  in  Triple  Measures.— The  first 
note  in  each  measure  is  accented,  the  second  and  third 


are  unaccented,  but  may  be  so  constructed  as  to  require 
three  accents  in  each  measure. 

29.  Accent  in  Compound  Measures. — In 

primitive  measures  of  Compound  Time  the  accent  lies  on 
the  first  and  fourth  notes  of  each  measure,  the  second, 
third,  fifth,  and  sixth,  are  unaccented. 

30.  Degrees  of  Power.— For  the  purpose  of 
varying  expression  according  to  the  character  of  the 
music  or  the  sentiment  of  the  poetry,  certain  degrees  of 
power  are  used.  Some  of  them,  with  their  abbreviations, 
are  given  in  the  following  list,  which  may  be  applied  to 
single  notes  or  to  entire  measures  and  passages: — 

Mezzo,  abbreviated  m,  a  medium  degree  of  power. 

Piano,  abbreviated  pia  or  p,  soft ;  pp,  very  soft. 

Forte,  abbreviated/,  loud;  ff,  very  loud. 

Crescendo,  or  — =C^ ,  increasing  in  power. 

Diminuendo,  or  ~^=-      ,  decreasing  in  power. 

Staccato,  or    \   \   \   y   ,  separate  and  distinct. 

Ritardando,  abbreviated  Hit.,  gradually  retarding 
the  movement. 

The  sentiment  of  the  poetry  should  be  the  main  guide 
to  dynamic  expression. 

31. — As  a  general  thing,  where  we  have  an  ascending 
series  of  tones  in  a  piece  of  music,  the  voice  should  in- 
crease in  volume,  and  where  a  descending  series  occurs, 
the  reverse  is  generally  a  safe  rule  for  expression. 


THE  SINGING-SCHOOL. 


CHAPTER    V. 
TRANSPOSITION. 

32.  Key  of  C. — When  the  scale  begins  with  C,  it 
is  said  to  be  in  the  Natural  Key  or  Key  of  C;  but  the 
scale  may  be  transposed  so  as  to  commence  on  any  of  its 
seven  letters,  in  which  the  letter,  taken  as  one,  is  called 
the  Key-note.  Thus,  if  G  is  taken  as  one,  it  is  called  the 
Key  of  O;  if  D  is  taken  as  one,  it  is  called  the  Key  of  D,  etc 

33.  Key  of  G. — In  transposing  the  scale,  the 
proper  order  of  intervals,  with  reference  to  steps  and 
half-steps,  must  be  preserved.  In  this  key  we  have  to 
substitute  F  sharp  for  F  in  the  former  scale,  as  we  must 
have  a  step  from  6  to  7  of  the  scale. 

34.  Key  of  D. — In  transposing  from  C  to  D  we 
have  to  use  two  sharps.  In  order  lo  preserve  the  agree- 
ment of  intervals  between  3  and  4,  and  7  and  8  of  the 
scale,  F  and  C  are  sharped. 

35.  Key  of  A. — In  writing  music  in  this  key, 
three  sharps  have  to  be  used  for  the  same  purpose,  viz., 
that  of  adjusting  the  intervals. 

38.  Key  of  E. — Four  sharps  are  found  to  be  neces- 
sary in  transposing  the  key  to  this  letter,  F,  C,  G  and  D 
sharp. 

37.  Key  of  F.-— The  place  of  disagreement,  when 
the  scale  is  transposed  to  F,  is  between  3  and  4  of  the 
scale.     To  correct  this  it  is  found  necessary  to  flat  B. 

38.  Key  of  B(>. — When  the  scale  is  transposed  to 
B  flat,  there  are  found  two  places  of  disagreement.     For 


the  tones  B  and  E   we  must  substitute  B  flat  and  E 
flat. 

39.  Key  of  E  j?. — In  writing  music  in  this  key,  we 
have  to  use  three  flats,  B,  E,  and  A  flat,  in  order  to  adjust 
the  intervals. 

40.  Key  of  A  \>. — In  transposing  the  scale  from  B 
flat  to  A  flat  we  have  to  use  four  flats,  B,  E,  A,  and  D  flat 

41.  How  to  Find  the  Key It  will  be  ob- 
served that  the  sharps'  and  flats,  which  are  the  signature 
of  the  key,  are  placed  on  the  staff  directly  after  the  clefs, 
but  not  written  directly  over  one  another,  so  that  each 
additional  sharp  or  flat  is  written  a  little  to  the  right  of 
the  preceding  one.  The  following  will  serve  as  a  rule : 
The  degree  above  the  last  sharp  is  1  of  the  Scale ;  the  degree 
above  the  last  flat  is  5  of  the  scale.  The  last  sharp  or  flat 
will  be  the  one  farthest  towards  the  right. 

42. — The  difficulty  of  reading  round-note  music  lies 
in  the  fact  that  any  line  or  space  of  the  staff  may  be 
taken  as  one,  and,  as  there  is  but  one  shape  for  all  the 
tones  of  the  scale  in  round-note  notation,  the  syllables 
have  to  be  found  by  calculation.  In  character-notes  this 
serious  difficulty  is  avoided,  as  each  note  of  the  scale  has 
a  distinct  shape  which  represents  a  given  syllable,  and 
this  identity  of  shape  and  syllable  is  preserved  through- 
out all  the  changes  of  transposition,  rendering  the  read- 
ing of  music  in  any  key  an  easy  matter. 

43.  We  have  used  but  four  sharps  and  four  flats  in 
transposing  the  scale,  as  we  have  used  but  nine  keys  in 
this  work.  See  the  following  illustrations  of  keys  by 
transposition : — 


lft 


THE  SINGING-SCHOOL 


Key  of  C — Natural 


fe 


4- 


H9- 


i 


i 


01,      D2,       E3,       F4,       65,      A  6,      BT,      C8. 

Transposed  to  Key  of  G — One  Sharp. 

= Fi ^— 


* 


■tJ— T» 


F 


± 


i 


61,     A2,    B3,     04,      D5,      E6.     FJ7,     68. 
Transposed  to  Key  of  D — Two  Sharps. 


i 


i=£=E 


» 


3t=^: 


3t 


i  w a 

D8,   CJ7,    B6,     A5,     64,    FJ3,      E2,       D 1. 
Transposed  to  Key  of  A—  Three  Sharps. 


m 


i 


p 


=p== 


i 


Al,     B2,    CJ3,    D4,     E5,    FJ6,    GJ7,     AS. 

Transposed  to  Key  of  E — Four  Sharps. 
1 


w 


m 

>-# — &- 


+■ 


-0- 


-e1- 


_4 , u_ 

El.    FJ2.  GJ3,    A4,    B5.    CJ6.    D$7,    E  8. 


I 


Key  of  C — Natural. 


$ 


8 


01,       D2,      E3,       F4,       G5,      A6,      B7,      0  8. 

Transposed  to  Key  of  F — One  Flat 

H 1 : 


3 


:p=£ 


I 


Fl,    62,    A3,    Bb4,     0  5.      D 6,      E7,      F8. 


Transposed  to  Key  of  B  i? — Two  Flats. 


i 


k 


0- 


^ 


I 


B|>1,    02,    D3,    E|}4,    F5,     66,      A7,     B\,&. 
Transposed  to  Key  of  E(?—  Three  Flats. 


pn 


T- 


ri     o* 


-e- 


-G- 


Ebl,    F2,    6  3,    Ab4,    Bb  5,     0  6, -    D7.      Efc  8. 
Transposed  to  Key  of  a£>— Four  Flats. 


m 


-£=£■ 


i 


Abl,  Bb2,     C3,D|>4,   E|j5.    F6.      G  7       Aba. 


THE  SINGING-SCHOOL. 


11 


44.  In  the  above  illustrations  it  will  be  seen  that 
sharps  raise  a  fifth  in  the  transposition  of  the  scale. 
Thus,  in  the  scale  of  C  we  count  C  1,  D  2,  E  3,  F  4,  G  5 ; 
and,  by  writing  F  sharp  as  the  signature,  we  find  that  Do 
occupies  the  same  position  on  the  staff  that  Sol  did  in  the 
scale  of  C.  In  each  ucceeding  remove  we  find  Do  oc- 
cupying the  position  of  Sol  in  the  former  scale.  In 
transposition  by  flats  we  find  they  remove  a  fourth  in  the 
scale,  Do  occupying  the  position  in  each  succeeding  scale 
that  Fa  did  in  the  former.  Thus  CI,  D 2,  E 3,  F 4 ; 
flat  B,  and  we  count  F  1,  G  2,  A  3,  B  ^  4;  flat  B  and  E, 
and  we  commence  with  Bt>  1,  C  2,  D3,  Ep  4,  and  thus 
throughout  the  various  removes. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

CLASSIFICATION  OF  VOICES,  AND  EANGE  OF  PARTS. 

45.  Of  Voice. — Although  the  compass  of  the 
human  voice,  if  we  include  the  highest  female  voices  with 
the  Ibwest  male  voices,  extends  through  three  or  four 
octaves,  yet  it  rarely  happens  that  individual  voices  have 
a  compass  of  more  than  one  and  a  half  or  two  octaves. 
Hence  the  necessity  of  parts,  each  of  which  is  limited  to 
the  compass  of  a  single  voice  or  class  of  voices. 

46.  The  Parts. — The  Base  is  the  lowest  part  in 
music,  and  should  be  sung  by  male  voices  which  are 
pitched  low. 

The  Tenor  is  suited  to  male  voices  which  are  pitched 
high. 

The  Alto  is  adapted  to  female  voices  having  a  low  pitch, 
and  to  boys  before  the  change  of  voice. 


The  Soprano,  Air  or  Treble,  should  be  Bung  by  female 
voices  of  the  highest  range.  Many  female  voices  are 
equally  adapted  to  Alto  and  Soprano.  The  Soprano  and 
Alto  are  frequently  written  on  the  same  staff. 


EANGE  OF  PARTS. 
Tenor — Male. 


§ 


H H 


H 1 h 


^5t3t 


-e- 


7\ K 

Li      Pf 


W^ 


-±-p- 


H 1- 


§ 


Alto — Female  and  Soys. 


$ 


Treble — Female. 


-O1 


^± 


F-f5= 


-£*- 


■O- 


-rj-9- 


4-f-t 


-I h 


£ 


Base — Male. 


jtSL 


-e- 


£ 


-P— I 1 


1 1- 


fc± 


<9- 

47.  By  the  above  illustration  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
Base  voices  should  have  a  run  from  G,  lower  line,  to  E, 
second  space  above  the  Base  Btaff.  The  Tenor  voices 
have  a  range  from  C,  added  line  below  the  staff,  to  G, 
first  space  above  the  Tenor  staff.    The  female  voices  have 


THE  SINGING-SCHOOL. 


the  same  range,  commencing  and  ending  on  the  same 
letters ;  with  this  exception,  G  in  Alto  is  an  octave  higher 
than  G  in  the  Base,  and  C  in  Treble  is  an  octave  higher 
than  C  in  Tenor. 

Note  4. — The  teacher  Bhould  aim  as  far  as  practicable 
to  classify  his  scholars  in  this  order,  securing  low 
voices  for  Base,  and  high  voices  for  Tenor,  observing 


the  same  order  for  Alto  and  Treble.  Attention  to 
this  fact  will  enable  him  to  avoid  many  of  the  harsh, 
grating  sounds  occasioned  by  Base  voices  attempting 
Soprano,  or  the  weak,  faint  sound  occasioned  by  high 
voices  attempting  parts  below  their  range. 

With  this  ends  our  theoretical  department.     The  next 
chapters  are  devoted  to  practical  exercises. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

PRACTICAL     EXERCISES. 


Example  I. — Scale  Exercises. 
Two  beats  to  each  measure.     First  note  in  each  measure  loud,  the  second  note  in  each  measure  soft. 


rfli 


=F 


T- 


^ 


-* — r 

re        re,         mi       mi,        fa        fa,        sol       sol,         la       la,         si        si, 
Example  II. — One  beat  to  each  Quarter  note. 


1 


do       do, 


do. 


i 


Female. 


=F 


i 


T- 


4= 


-+- 


-9- 


-e- 


~G- 


=; 


-a — *- 


;i~ 


See   the  shin-  ing  dew-drops    On  the  flowers  strewed,  Proving, 

Male.  -±-  -±- 


they  sparkle,  God   is      ev  -  er   good 


-£-  tSt 


-+- 


mz 


m 


t3 


F-fHM 


£ 


:tf~g~a — 2— tr  ~n — zr — a 


In  these  examples  the  teacher  should  enforce  time,  counxings,  beatings,  until  each  pupil  can  time  correctly. 


THE  SINGING-SCHOOL 


13 


Example  III.— Quadruple  Time. 
Four  Deats  to  each  measure.     Down,  left,  right,  up.     First  note  in  each  measure,  loud ;  second,  soft  ; 

third,  loud;  fourth,  soft. 


i 


q=5 


T 


£C*i 


T- 


5 


I 


+ 


-A 


«=* 


^=£ 


S3: 


=&■ 


if— *- 


1.  Shout  across  the  si-lent  sea,  Ship   a-hoy !  Ship  ahoy !  Oh,  what  sight  could  gladder  be,  Ship  ahoy !  Ship  a  -  hoy  I 

2.  Days  and  nights  alone  we  sail,  Ship   a-hoy !  Ship  ahoy !  Cheer  her  on  the   ris-  ing  gale,   Ship  ahoy !  Ship  a  -  hoy  I 


^3E 


9* 


k   fr- 


ig   AT? 


trrw~r 


i 


ff 


w 


P^E 


4- 


2EC 


313 


H H- 


-I — h 


4 1- 


i 


Example  IV. — Triple  Time. 
Three  beats  to  a  measure.     First  note  in  each  measure,  loud ;  second  and  third,  soft. 


— I 1 1— 

-A-    -*-    -*- 


9* 


B 


:£- 


i      i 
— i — h 

-ti — *- 


3t 


-P — F    ■  n 


U©l- 


f    1?    >.+*=£: 


H h h 


-d — »- 


-e- 


=F=^ 


L2_ 


i 

9£ 


-(31- 


-e- 


H H 


:F=*: 


:*=* 


i»     i»     i» 


3t=5t 


-d — r 


r£"- 


l 


i§ 


14 


THE  SINGING-SCHOOL 


Example  V. — Compound  Time. 
Two  beats  to  the  measure.     First  and  fourth  parts  accented. 


JUU- 


£=£=£ 


_C_A_A 


rs   s    rs 

j j i 


^m 


*s 


*=f 


-^^— ± 


48.  In  the  foregoing  examples  we  have  given  two  of 
Double  Time,  one  of  Quadruple  Time,  one  of  Triple 
Time,  and  one  of  Compound  Time.  These  are  deemed 
sufficient  to  illustrate  the  movement  of  each  kind  of  Time. 
The  subdivisions  of  these  movements  have  been  treated 
upon  in  Paragraph  19,  of  Variety. 

The  marking  of  the  Time  should  claim  particular  at- 
tention, and  is  performed  in  the  following  manner,  viz : 
the  measures  of  Double  Time  must  have  two  beats  or 
countings  of  the  hand,  down,  up — a  down  beat  on  the  first 
part  of  each  measure  and  an  up  beat  on  the  second  part. 
In  measures  of  Quadruple  Time  we  have  four  beats  or 
countings  of  the  hand,  down,  left,  right,  up — a  down  beat 
on  the  first  part  of  each  measure,  left  beat  on  the  second, 
right  beat  on  the  third,  and  an  up  beat  on  the  fourth.  In 
the  measures  of  Triple  Time  we  have  three  countings  or 


beats  of  the  hand,  down,  left,  up — a  down  beat  on  the  first 
part  of  the  measure,  a  left  beat  on  the  second,  and  an  up 
beat  on  the  third  part  In  measures  of  Compound  Time 
we  have  two  beats  or  countings  of  the  hand,  down,  up — 
a  down  beat  on  the  first  part  of  the  measure,  and  an  up  beat 
on  the  fourth  part. 

The  accent  of  these  measures  has  been  treated  upon 
under  Chapter  IV. 

"We  have  adopted  the  name  Compound  Time  instead 
of  Sextuple  Time  as  it  is  generally  called,  from  the 
simple  fact  that  it  is  a  Compound  measure.  Two  prim- 
itive measures  of  Triple  Time  added  will  make  a  prim- 
itive measure  of  Compound  Time.  Few  authors  instruct 
the  giving  of  six  beats  to  the  measure  in  this  movement, 
as  it  has  been  found  almost  impracticable,  and,  whenever 
attempted,  leads  to  dull  and  lifeless  performance. 


Tlbue  IS\xe"b-u.slx-^:iefifex  Oo.'s 

POPULAR  CHARACTER-NOTE  PUBLICATIONS.  I 


-~3  USED   AND   ADMIRED    IN  EVERY  STATE    IN   THE    UNION.  &?- 


For  Church  Choirs,  Singing  Schools,  and  Conventions. 

J:  r  Oqiil.     !■•  r  Dtiz. 

Temple  Star 75  cts.      $7  50 

Star  of  Bethlehem 75    "  7  50 


Royal  Proclamation 75    " 

Singing-School  Tribute   ....  75    " 

For  Sabbath-Schools  and  Praise  Meetings, 

Shining  Light 35  cts. 

Starry  Crown 30    " 

Pearls  of  Truth 30    " 

Melodies  of  Praise 30    " 

Sabbath  Bells 30.  " 

Sweet  Fields  of  Eden 30    " 

Triune  Hymnal 30    " 

Sharon's  Dewy  Rose 25    " 

fast  Words  (cloth) '.   .  25    " 

Last  Words  (paper) :   .  20 

Gabriel's  Sunday-School  Songs  15    " 

Zion  Songster,  No.  1 15  •" 

Zion  Songster,  No.  2 15    " 


7  50 
7  50 


o  00 
6  00 


For  Sabbath-Schools  and  Praise  Meetings. 

Zion  Songster,  Combined  ...  30  cts.      f 

Gems  of  Gladness 15    " 

Children  of  Zion 15    " 

Glorious  Triumph $1  00 

Crown  and  Melodies 60  cts. 

Miscellaneous. 

Hours  of  Singing 20  cts.      $■?  00 

Temperance  Harp 15  \  "  1  50 

Organ  Instructor 60    "         6  00 

Harmony,  Composition,  and 

Versification 75    " 

Practical  Voice  Culture  ....  50    "         5  00 

Hall's  Improved  Music  Chart  .  $5.00  each. 

Hours  of  Fancy  (Poems)   ....  75  cts. 


The  Musical  Million,  the  official  organ  of  the 
Character-note  cause,  50  cents  a  year.  Liberal 
terms  to  agents. 


^.  1  >  I  1  l-i  R  s  S 


THE 


RUEBUSH^KIEFFER    CO., 


DAYTON,    "V-A-.